Air Conditioning: 2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)

Air Conditioning
From Power Source System (See Page 58) Y–R
1
8 1J
50A 15A
HEATER IG1
2
20 1E
Y–R
R
Y–R Y–R Y–R
E E C E E D
2 2
C E J1 D
5 1 Junction Connector
Y–R
Y–R
W–B 4
Y–R
2 HEATER
Relay
2 2
3 2
5 1 1
Pressure SW
2 2
MG CLT
B–Y Relay
P3
3 2 2
2
2 2
1
A17
B–Y B–Y
L–B
7. 5A IC4
HEATER
NO. 2
R–Y
B–Y
2 D1 IC4
2
L–B
LG–R
W–B
G–Y
R–Y
3 IM1
L–B
A14 IC4 B1 IC4 A11 IC4 5 IN1
3 1
B–Y
A/C Magnetic Clutch

A/C Lock Sensor
2
G–Y
Blower
Motor
M J27
B2
A2
Junction
2 Connector
1
J 2(A), J 3(B)
B B BR C
Connector
W–L
(1GR–FE)
Junction
C
3 4
B A +B VM
Blower Motor
(1GR–FE)
(2UZ–FE)
Controller
BR
BR
GND SI
B3
LG–R
1 2
L
LG–B
W–B
W–B
LG–B
Connector
A
Junction
A W–B W–B
J24
EB II EF EE
346
2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)
Y–R From Power Source System (See Page 58)
From Power Source System (See Page 58) 1

A
1 P J7
Junction 7. 5A 10A
Connector ACC DOME
A
20A
EFI
Y–R
5 IC3 F 3E 2
H 8 1K 2
2 J20
Junction
2 Connector
R
P
F 3E H
L
Y–R
P C2 IC4
2 2
2 3 GR
R
ACC CUT
Connector
Relay A C D
Junction
A J6 J7
Junction Junction
J25
1 4 11 IC3 Connector Connector

A C D
2 2 J 8(A), J 9(B)
GR
Junction
R
W–G
Connector
GR H
A
R H F R
16 IC3
A B
W–G
B 3A A 3C
B–Y
Y–R
Y–R
5 IM2 L–B
R–Y B 3A A 3C
W–B W–B
W–G
L–B
GR
15 A (2UZ–FE)
23 C 2 D 14 A (1GR–FE) 2 8 1 14 7
LCKI ACMG ACCR IG+ ACC B LIN–B GND B 3F B 3F
E 4(A), E 6(C), E 7(D)

Engine Control Module
B 3F B 3F
HP THWO ACLD THE A/CS
1 D 14 D 33 D 32 D 31 D D3
Heater Control Panel
W–B
W–B
GR–G
BR–B
W–B
B–R
L–B
Y–R
J33(A), J34(B)
C B
Connector
BR–B
Junction
GR–G
B A
B–R
W–B
L–B
LG–R LG–R
L L
LG–B LG–B
W–B
Connector
A
Junction
W–B A
J37
IK
347
Air Conditioning
From Power Source

System (See Page 58) A16(A), A17(B)
A/C Control Assembly
1
10A
ECU–B
+B LIN1 GND IG ACS THE ACLD PSW HR BLW
2 2 A 4 A 5 A 1 A 17 B 7 B 18 A 9 B 21 A 3 A
GR–G
LG–R
BR–B
LG–B
W–R
W–R
W–B
Y–R
B–R
L–B
L
4 1B B 3E
4 1L B 3E 3 IK1 2 IK1 4 IK1
W–R
GR–G
BR–B
B–R
L–B
W–B
Y–R
BR–B
GR–G
B–R
L–B L–B
LG–R
LG–B
348
A16(A), A17(B)
TPDR(*1) AMCDR(* 1) AMHDR(*1)

TWI S5 TR SG TP(* 2) AMC(* 2) AMH(* 2) TAM
7 A 1 B 15 A 6 A 25 A 23 B 14 B 22 A
V–W
Y–G
V–R
V–Y
L–O
L–B
GR
P
A13 IC4
C 3D
3 A 4 A 5 A (* 1)
GR
3 B 5 B 4 B (* 2)
C 3D C 3D 1 1
Air Mix Control Servo Motor LH

Temp. Sensor
Temp. Sensor
M
A/C Ambient
Air Mix Control Servo Motor
A/C Room
A19
A1
L–B
L–B
2 2
A27(A)
A26(B)
Y–G
2 A 1 A (* 1)
J31(A), J32(B)
J10(A), J11(B)
E A D A 1 B 2 B (* 2)
Connector
Connector
A12 IC4
Junction
Junction
H B I B
Y–G
Y–G
Y–G
Y–G
P
Y–G Y–G
L–B
L–B
I6 I6
B 3B
B
P
3B
L–B L–B
* 1 : Limited
* 2 : SR5 Grade
R R
349
Air Conditioning
A16(A), A17(B)
TPI AIR AIF TPO AOD AOF TPPA AMHPA AMCPA

16 A 5 B 6 B 17 A 4 B 3 B 23 A 16 B 24 B
LG–R
LG–R
L–W
P–G
P–B
L–R
L–Y
P–L
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
LG
3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5
M M M
Servo Motor RH
Air Vent Mode Control
Air Inlet Control
Air Mix Control

Servo Motor
Servo Motor
A25
A28
A29
2 1 1 2 1 2
Y–G
Y–G
Y–G
(* 1)
(* 1)
P
Y–G
I6
Y–G
I6
Y–G
I6 P Y–G
B 3B B 3B B 3B
L–B L–B
R R
350
A16(A), A17(B)
TSDR(* 1)
TE TSPA TS(*2) DMOT DMIN SPD
24 A 26 A 12 A 19 B 20 B 8 A
V–G
(*2)
BR–B
W–L
B–O
V–R
(* 1)
(* 1)
G
4 IG1 6 IG1 5 IG1 B 3D

B–O
V–G
(*1)
(*1)
(*2)
R
B 3D
V–R
1 2 3 2
A/C Evaporator
Temp. Sensor
A/C Solar
Sensor
A/C Solar Sensor
A20
11 1K
A18
1
2
A21
1 1 1G
Y–G
V–R
(* 1)
(* 2)
P
5 IG1 6 IG1
Y–G
V–R
(* 1)
P
P
(*2) W–L
B 3B BR–B
L–B L–B
* 1 : Limited
* 2 : SR5 Grade
R R
351
Air Conditioning
From Power Source System (See Page 58)
7. 5A 10A
GAUGE IGN
4 1G 11 1J
B–O
B A
Skid Control
R–L
J 8(A), J 9(B)
ECU
SP1 Junction Connector

S8
16 D B
GR–R
B–O
C 9(B), C10(C)
4 B 15 C 5 C Combination Meter
Speedometer
Temp.
5 B 3 B 2 B 7 B 16 C 13 C
BR–B
V–R
W–L
L–B
BR
R
W–L
BR–B
7 IM1
L–B
BR
EF
352
System Outline
1. Heater Blower Operation
Manual operation
When the blower speed is set to a certain level using the blower control SW, the A/C control assembly sends the signals to
the blower control to control the blower motor speed.
Auto operation
When the auto SW is pushed, the A/C control assembly sends the signals from various sensors and temperature SW to the
blower control to automatically control the blower motor speed.
2. Air Inlet Control Servo Motor Control
When the FRESH/RECIRC select SW is set to RECIRC, the motor in the air inlet control servo motor starts rotating to move
the damper toward the RECIRC side. Since the damper position is detected by the TERMINAL TPI of the A/C control
assembly, the motor is continuously rotated until the damper reaches its stop position. When the FRESH/RECIRC select SW
is set to FRESH, the motor in the air inlet control servo motor starts rotating to move the damper toward the FRESH side.
Since the damper position is detected by the TERMINAL TPI of the A/C control assembly, the motor is continuously rotated
until the damper reaches its stop position.
3. Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor Control
When the mode select SW is pushed, the ECU in the A/C control assembly activates the air vent mode control servo motor.
This causes the servo motor to rotate to the position (FACE, BI–LEVEL, FOOT, FOOT/DEF, DEF) selected using the mode
select SW, and moves the damper.
4. Air Mix Control Servo Motor Control (Limited)
When the temperature control SW on the driver’s side is pressed, the ECU in the A/C control assembly sends a signal to the
air mix control servo motor on the driver’s side. This signal drives the motor to reach the temperature set by the temperature
control SW on the driver’s side, and moves the damper. Passenger’s side is operated as same as the driver’s side.
5. Air Mix Control Servo Motor Control (SR5 Grade)
When the temperature control SW is pressed, the ECU in the A/C control assembly sends a signal to the air mix control
servo motor. This signal drives the motor to reach the temperature set by the temperature control SW, and moves the film
damper.
6. Air Conditioning Operation
The A/C control assembly receives various signals, I.E., the engine RPM from the engine control module, out side air
temperature signal from the A/C ambient temp. sensor and coolant temperature from the engine control module, etc.
When the engine is started and the A/C SW (A/C control assembly) is on, a signal is input to the A/C control assembly.
As a result, the ground circuit in A/C control assembly is closed and current flows from IG1 fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the MG
CLT relay to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL ACMG of the engine control module to TERMINAL HP to GROUND, turning the
MG CLT relay on, so that the magnetic clutch is on and the A/C compressor operates.
If the A/C control assembly detects the following conditions, it stops the air conditioning:
∗ Evaporator outlet air is too low.
∗ There is a marked difference between the compressor speed and the engine speed.
∗ The refrigerant pressure is abnormally high or abnormally low.
∗ The engine speed is too low.
∗ Rapid acceleration occurs.
Service Hints
P3 Pressure SW
1–2 : Open with the refrigerant pressure at less than approx. 216 kpa (2.2 kgf/cm2, 31 psi) or more than
approx. 3138 kpa (32 kgf/cm2, 455 psi)
A16 (A) A/C Control Assembly
(A) 2–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(A) 1–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
(A) 5–Ground : Always continuity
353
Air Conditioning
: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
32 (2UZ–FE) B3 36 J9 B 38
A1
34 (1GR–FE) C9 B 37 J10 A 38
32 (2UZ–FE) C10 C 37 J11 B 38
A2
34 (1GR–FE) D3 37 J20 38
A16 A 36 E4 A 37 J24 38
A17 B 36 E6 C 37 J25 38
A18 36 E7 D 37 J27 38
A19 36 33 (2UZ–FE) J31 A 38
J1
A20 36 35 (1GR–FE) J32 B 38
A21 36 33 (2UZ–FE) J33 A 38
J2 A
A25 36 35 (1GR–FE) J34 B 38
A26 B 36 33 (2UZ–FE) J37 38
J3 B
A27 A 36 35 (1GR–FE) 33 (2UZ–FE)
P3
A28 36 J6 38 35 (1GR–FE)
A29 36 J7 38 S8 39
B2 36 J8 A 38
: Relay Blocks
Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

2 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector
Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1B
24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1E
1G
1J
25 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1K
1L
3A
3B
3C
28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
3D
3E
3F
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IC3
48 Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IC4
IG1 50 Instrument Panel No.2 Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Combination Meter)
IK1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Upper Side of the Glove Box)
IM1
52 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Blower Unit)
IM2
IN1 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Right Kick Panel)
354
: Ground Points
Code See Page Ground Points Location

44 (2UZ–FE)
EB Front Left Fender
46 (1GR–FE)
EE 46 (1GR–FE) Rear Side of Right Bank Cylinder Block
44 (2UZ–FE)
EF Rear Side of Left Bank Cylinder Block
46 (1GR–FE)
II 48 Instrument Panel Brace RH
IK 48 Right Kick Panel
: Splice Points
Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
I6 50 Instrument Panel Wire
355
Automatic Light Control
1 1
50A 10A 10A 7. 5A

J/B ECU–B ECU–IG ACC
2 2
2 2
W–R
L–W
1 1C 4 1B
5 1
TAIL
Relay
3 2
18 11 10 22
TRLY BECU SIG ACC
HRLY GND1 GND2 A DCTY CLTB CLTE CLTS

17 4 16 B 5(B), B 6(C) 3 C 23 B 6 C 21 C 4 C
Body ECU
G–O
G–W
R–B
L–Y
Y
8 1B 2 1H 10 IH1
J18(A), J19(B)
G–O
H B
Connector
Junction
C12 3 IG1 2 IG1 1 IG1

Combination SW 12
W
F A
OFF
Control SW
R–B
Tail
G–W
Light
R–B
L–Y
Head
2 2
Auto
2 3
Door Courtesy SW
16
1 1 3 4
HEAD CLTB CLTE CLTS
W–B
W–B
Relay
Front LH
D12
1 5
A39
Connector
A Automatic Light Control

Junction
Sensor
J15
2
A
B
W–B
Battery
A A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG
136
System Outline
The automatic light control system works when the light control SW is turned to AUTO. The automatic light control sensor
detects the brightness around the vehicle. By this function, the system automatically turns the taillight and headlight on if the
brightness is below the regular level and turns the taillight and headlight off when the surroundings become brighter than the
regular level.
Service Hints
C12 Combination SW
12–16 : Closed with the light control SW at AUTO position
Body ECU
22–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position
10–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
11–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
4, 16–Ground : Always continuity
D12 Door Courtesy SW Front LH
1–Ground : Continuity with the driver’s door open
: Parts Location
A39 36 C12 37 J15 38
B5 B 36 D12 40 J18 A 38
B6 C 36 J5 38 J19 B 38
: Relay Blocks

1B
1C
1H 25 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

IH1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Combination Meter)
: Ground Points

IG 48 Left Kick Panel
137
Back–Up Light
15A
IG1
8 1J
Y–R
R–Y
A
J7
Junction
Connector
A
A J33
1 IM1 Junction
Y–R
Connector
A
H
J20
R–Y
R–Y
Junction
Connector
H
Y–R
2 1L
2
A P1
J25 Park/Neutral
Junction Position SW 10 1F
Connector
A 3
R–Y
Y–R
J40(A), J41(B)
B B Junction Connector
2 IM1
Y–R
C A C A C A
R–Y
R–Y
R–Y
3 2
Rear Combination
Rear Combination
1 BG1
Back–Up
Back–Up
Light RH
Light LH
R14
R15
6 6
Y
W–B
W–B
A A A A A A 4
B/UP T15
Trailer
Socket
W–B
J40(A), J41(B) A B
Junction Connector
W–B
BO BL
170
Service Hints
P1 Park/Neutral Position SW
3–2 : Continuity with the shift lever in R position
: Parts Location
J7 38 J40 A 40 R14 41
J20 38 J41 B 40 R15 41
J25 38 33 (2UZ–FE) T15 41
P1
J33 38 35 (1GR–FE)
1F 24 Floor No.2 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1J
1L

IM1 52 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Blower Unit)
BG1 54 Floor No.2 Wire and Frame No.3 Wire (Rear Side of Side Frame LH)
: Ground Points

BL 54 Floor Seat Crossmember LH
BO 54 Rear Pillar LH
171
Charging
ACC B–R
L–Y
W–L 2 AM1 IG1 4 L–Y
6 1D 2 1C
7 AM2 IG2 6 B–R 7. 5A 15A

GAUGE IG1
ST2
W–L
W
I18 4 1G 20 1E
Ignition SW
2 2
R–L
Y–R
B4
Body ECU
2 15 C
50A AM1
Connector
E
Junction
L
J1
Charge
Combination Meter
C10(C), C11(D)
14 E
1
GR
Y–R
E B
140A ALT
8 D
J18(A), J19(B)
Connector
Connector
D
GR
Junction
Junction
J1
1 A A A A
G B D
GR
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Connector
2
Junction
D6 IC4
Y–R
G A
W
R
B
GR
2 2 2 GR
2 EA1 5 EA1 3 EA1 (2UZ–FE)

2 2 1 EA1 3 EA1 2 EA1 (1GR–FE)
7. 5A ALT–S
30A AM2
Y–R
1 1
Y–R
GR
W
1 B 4 B 2 B 1 A
2 S L IG B
B
IC Regulator
Battery
G 1(A), G 2(B)
Generator
72
Service Hints
G2 (B) Generator
(B) 1–Ground : 13.2–14.0 volts with the engine running at 5000 rpm and 115°C (239°F)
(B) 4–Ground : 0–4 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and the engine not running
: Parts Location
B4 36 32 (2UZ–FE) J8 A 38
G2 B
C10 C 37 34 (1GR–FE) J9 B 38
C11 D 37 I18 37 J18 A 38
32 (2UZ–FE) 33 (2UZ–FE) J19 B 38
G1 A J1
34 (1GR–FE) 35 (1GR–FE)
: Relay Blocks

1C
1D 24 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B ((Lower Finish Panel))
1E
1G 25 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

44 (2UZ–FE)
EA1 Engine No
No.2
2 Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room R/B)
46 (1GR–FE)
IC4 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
73
Cigarette Lighter
10A
CIG
17 1L
P–L
6 IR1
P–L
2
C6
Cigarette
Lighter
1
W–B
5 IR1
W–B
B 3F
B 3F
W–B
A
J24
Junction
Connector
II
290
Service Hints
C6 Cigarette Lighter
1–Ground : Always continuity
: Parts Location
C6 37 J24 38
1L 25 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
3F 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

IR1 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cigarette Wire (Rear Console)
: Ground Points

291
Combination Meter
* 1 : 2UZ–FE
* 2 : 1GR–FE
Park/Neutral Position SW
G–W
G–B
R–Y
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C), C11(D)
Combination Meter 20 D 1 C 19 D
Illumination
Illumination
OFF
LO
HI
Height Control
N
P
2 A 3 A 4 A 5 A
BR–B
Y–G
Y–B
Y
Suspension Control ECU
338
D
W
18 D
Transmission Control SW
4
G
17 D
Combination Meter
(* 1)
3
L(*1)
16 D
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C), C11(D)

L(*2)
2
P–L(*1)
15 D
P–L(*2)
L
B–L(*1)
14 D
Tail B–L(*2)
Beam
2
1
R–G R–W R–W

2
13 A
14 A
Combination SW
Door A5 IC4
10A
V–Y
HEAD
17 A
Body ECU
(HI RH)

R–L
8 B
Injector No. 1
J10(A), J11(B) J16
10A
TAIL
Junction Junction
Connector Connector
W–G G G G
B
B
A B
C A
7 C
9 C
Rheostat
5 1L
B–Y
16 B
7. 5A
GAUGE
L–B R–L
7 B
15 C

4 1G
J 8(A), J 9(B)
10A
IGN
Junction
Connector
B–O B–O
D B
B A
5 C
11 1J
339
J 8(A), J 9(B)
340
F14 Junction
Fuel Sender
D1
Connector
3
2
BR–R BR–R R
F B
H A
3 C
16 C
IE1
R
Driver’ s
Seat Belt
Y–B Y–B
11 C
D2 IE1
Fuel
10A
R
DOME
2
1
D
D
R R
2
C2 IC4
Passenger Seat Belt LG
18 B
Warning Light
Combination Meter
J7
Junction
Connector
G–Y
12 B
Buckle SW LH
Buckle SW RH GR–B
13 B
Occupant Detection
Sensor
BR–B
2 B
19 B
DMOT
V–G
19 B
W–L
3 B
20 B
8 A
SPD
DMIN
Body ECU
W–L A16(A), A17(B)
8 C
A/C Control
Assembly
Buzzer
J10(A), J11(B)
SPD
Body ECU
Junction

Connector
14
ODO/TRIP
5
4
W–B B
A A
C B
9 B
5
V–R V
5 B
5 1A
1 1G
V–R
SPD
(* 3)
RESET
3
B–L Speedometer M5
10 B
W–B
Moon Roof
11 1K
Control ECU
O2
A
A
Tachometer
V–R
J15
Combination Meter
V–R
ODO/Trip SW
Junction
B 3D
B 3D
Connector
Fuel
A
W–B
IG
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C), C11(D)
3
V–R
B 3D
B 3D
SPD
(* 4)
J5
Temp.
Junction
R9
Connector
Radio and Player
with Display
V–R
* 1 : 2UZ–FE
* 2 : 1GR–FE
* 3 : w/ Moon Roof
* 4 : w/ Navigation System
B–W
D1
Data Link
4WD Control ECU

Control ECU
Suspension
Connector 3
Navigation ECU
F B 5 E
J31(A), J32(B)
TACH
Engine Control
E 7(D), E 8(E)
Connector
Junction
Module
N4
TAC SPD SPD SPD
F9
G A
9 17 D 9 5
B–W
B–W
B–W
V–R
V–R
V–R
(* 1)
(* 2)
(* 4)
C A C A D B D B
J 8(A), J 9(B) J29(A), J30(B)

Junction Junction
Connector Connector
C B B A B A
A1 IO2
V–R V–R V–R

(* 4)
B–W
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C), C11(D)

6 B Combination Meter
Oil Pressure
Washer
BRAKE
Charge
ABS
SRS
4 B 13 C 2 C 4 D 3 D 2 D 8 D 8 A 6 A
V–W
GR–R
LG–R
LG–B
B–Y
B–L
GR
BR
LG
7 IN1
Skid Control ECU
16 3
V–W
Airbag Sensor
SP1 7 IM1 LA 6 IM1

Assembly
ABS & BA & TRAC &

Skid Control ECU
Skid Control ECU
Generator
LG–B
1
A32
S8
W1
VSC Actuator
Washer Level
Oil Pressure SW
1 Sensor
2
W–B
O1
BR
A
J2
Junction
Connector
A
W–B
EF EB
341
Combination Meter
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C), C11(D)

Combination Meter
Indicator Light
Diff. Lock
Malfunction
CRUISE
A/T OIL
4WD
TEMP
4LO
Center
5 D 6 D 7 D 7 A 15 A 11 A
BR–W
(4WD)
W–G
G–R
R–B
(* 2)
LG
P
4WD Control ECU Engine Control Module
342
* 2 : 1GR–FE
* 5 : Except 1GR–FE 2WD
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C), C11(D)

Combination Meter
TRAC OFF (2WD)
VSC OFF (4WD)
VSC TRAC
DAC
Slip
10 D 20 C 18 C 17 C
BR–Y
L–W
Y–R
(* 5)
R
Skid Control ECU
Skid Control ECU
343
Combination Meter
Service Hints
C10 (C) Combination Meter
(C)5, (C) 15–Ground: Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
(C)13–Ground : Always continuity
(C)16–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
: Parts Location
A16 A 36 33 (2UZ–FE) J31 A 38
J2
A17 B 36 35 (1GR–FE) J32 B 38
A32 36 J5 38 M5 41
C8 A 37 J7 38 N4 41
C9 B 37 J8 A 38 33 (2UZ–FE)
O1
C10 C 37 J9 B 38 35 (1GR–FE)
C11 D 37 J10 A 38 O2 39
D1 37 J11 B 38 R9 39
E7 D 37 J15 38 S8 39
E8 E 37 J16 38 33 (2UZ–FE)
W1
F9 37 J29 A 38 35 (1GR–FE)
F14 40 J30 B 38
: Relay Blocks

1A 24 Roof Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1G
1J
1K
1L
3D 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

IE1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IO2 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
: Ground Points

44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
344
Memo
345
Cruise Control (1GR–FE)

D1
Data Link Connector 3
1 1
20A 10A
EFI ETCS
SIL TC WFSE
7 13 15
2 2
R–Y
P–L
2 2
G H
Connector
Junction
J18
G H
R–W
R–Y
P–L
GR
L
A 3A C 3C
L A 3A C 3C
R–Y
P–L
B B
W–G
W–G
J4
J35(A), J36(B)
J29(A), J30(B)
Junction F A E A
Connector
Connector
Connector
Junction
Junction
C17 IC4 C4 IC4 C5 IC4
2 2 H B A B
5 1
W–G
GR
L
R–Y
P–L
EFI
Relay
8 E 3 E 6 D 18 E 20 E 19 E
3 2 MREL BATT +BM SIL TC WFSE
2 2 E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)

+B +B1 S1 S2 SL SLT+ SLT–

W–B
B
1 E 2 E 11 B 10 B 15 B 13 B 12 B
L–W
G–Y
L–R
L–B
G
B
A B A B 4 8 7 2 6
J31(A), J32(B)
S1 S2 S3 SLT+ SLT–
Connector
Connector
B
Junction
Junction
G
B
Y
J2
B C A
W–B
B
C3 IC4
E1
Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid
EB
252
S6
Transmission
Control SW
15A
IG1
NSSD
9
8 1J
G–Y
9 IM1
Y–R
G–Y
G–Y
A24 D 3E
Connector
Accel Position Sensor A
Junction
J7
7 D 3E
A
Park/Neutral
Position SW
Y–R
VPA1 VPA2 VCP1 VCP2 EP1 EP2
G–Y
P1
6 3 4 1 5 2
Connector
H
3
Junction
J20
A A A A
J29(A), J30(B)
LG–B
W–R
V–W
W–L
Y–R
R–B
B–Y
Connector
Junction
Y–R
2 IM1 E B
C16 IC4 C13 IC4 A8 IC4 9 IC3 C11 IC4 8 IC3 A
A Y–R
LG–B
W–R
V–W
W–L
G–Y
R–B
B–Y
J25
Junction
Connector
22 E 23 E 26 E 27 E 28 E 29 E 10 D
VPA VPA2 VCPA VCP2 EPA EPA2 D
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)

VC VTA1 VTA2 M+ M– GE01 E2 HP EOM

18 A 21 A 31 A 3 C 2 C 17 C 28 A 1 D 15 E
L–R
W–B
W–B
BR
Connector
B
(Shielded)
Junction
G–W
G–B
L
J27
B C B C B
J33(A), J34(B)
L–R
Connector
Junction
5 6 4 2 1
VC VTA1 VTA2 M+ M– B A
E2
3 T2
Throttle Control Motor
Throttle Position Sensor
W–B
BR
Connector
A
Junction
J37
IK
253
10A 10A
STOP IGN
2
23 1E 11 1J
B–O
B–O C C B–O
G–W
15 IC3
J4
G–Y
Junction
2 3 Connector
Stop Light SW
J 8(A)
B 3C Junction
Connector
S12
1 4 B A B A
B 3C
B–O
G–Y
G–Y
G–Y
R–L
B A
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
J31(A), J32(B)
Connector
H A E Connector
Junction
Connector
Junction
J4
C12 IC4 B B
E
E B
G–Y
B–O
R–L
19 D 12 D 9 E
STP ST1– IGSW
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)

E01 E02 E03 E04 E05 ME01 E1 CCS SPD PI

7 A 6 A 7 C 7 B 6 B 4 C 1 C 24 D 17 D 13 D
J28
Junction
Connector
F BR
L–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
V–R
LG
F
BR
10 IM2 1 IL1
L–B
BR
BR
C
C 4 5
J27 ECC CCS

C Junction
J29(A), J30(B)
Connector D B
ON–OFF
Connector
Junction
+ RES
B A
BR
LG
– SET
Combination SW
V–R
CANCEL
C13
V–R
EF EE
254
7. 5A 10A
GAUGE DOME
4 1G 2
R
J7
Junction C2 IC4
Connector
D R
R–L
R
H A
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
F B
R
15 C 16 C
Speedometer
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C)
Combination Meter
CRUISE
11 A 5 B 13 C 4 B
GR–R
V–R
BR
LG
1 1G
16
7 IM1 SP1
11 1K
V–R
S8
Skid Control
B 3D ECU
LG
BR
B 3D
V–R V–R
EF
255
System Outline
The cruise control system is a constant vehicle speed controller in which control of the switch on the instrument panel makes
it possible to automatically adjust the opening of the engine throttle valve without depressing of the accel pedal.
1. Set Operation
When the ON–OFF SW is turned on, the system starts preparations necessary for the cruise control and turns on the
indicator light in the combination meter.
2. Set Speed Control
When the – SET SW is operated with the cruise control main SW turned on during travelling, the constant vehicle speed is
controlled.
3. Coast Control
When the – SET SW is kept turned on during cruise control travelling, the engine control module controls the throttle valve to
decelerate the vehicle. Every time the – SET SW is turned on instantaneously, the vehicle speed is decelerated
approximately 1.5 km/h.
4. Accel Control
When the + RES SW is kept turned on during cruise control travelling, the engine control module controls the throttle valve to
accelerate the vehicle. Every time the + RES SW is turned on instantaneously, the vehicle speed is accelerated
5. Resume Control
When the vehicle speed is within the low speed limit (Approximately 40 km/h, 25 mph) if the cruise control is cancelled, use
of the + RES SW accelerates the vehicle to the speed level used before canceling the cruise control.
6. Manual Cancel Mechanism
If any of the following signals is input during cruise control travelling, the cruise control is cancelled.
∗ The stop light SW is turned on.
∗ The CANCEL SW is turned on.
∗ The ON–OFF SW is turned off.
7. Auto Cancel Function
If any of the following conditions is encountered, the cruise control is automatically cancelled.
∗ The stop light SW wiring is faulty or short–circuited.
∗ The vehicle speed signal is faulty.
∗ The electronically controlled throttle malfunctions.
8. Overdrive Control Function
Overdrive is sometimes cut off on gradients during cruise control driving. When end of climbing gradient is determined by
throttle opening degree information after overdrive is canceled, control is reset to overdrive condition after overdrive resetting
timer operation. Also, when overdrive is cut off during accelerator resuming control, control is reset to overdrive condition
when accelerator resuming control is finished.
Service Hints
E4 (A), E5 (B), E6 (C), E7 (D), E8 (E) Engine Control Module
(E) 9–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
(D) 6, (E) 3–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(A)6, (A) 7, (B) 6, (B) 7, (C) 1, (C) 4, (C) 7, (D) 1, (E) 15–Ground : Always continuity
(D)19–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with brake pedal depressed
(D)24–Ground : Continuity with cruise control ON–OFF SW at on
Approx. 1540 Ω with CANCEL SW on in cruise control SW
Approx. 240 Ω with + RES SW on in cruise control SW
Approx. 630 Ω with – SET SW on in cruise control SW
C13 Combination SW
5–4 : Approx. 1540 Ω with CANCEL SW on
Approx. 240 Ω with + RES SW on
Approx. 630 Ω with – SET SW on
256
: Parts Location
A24 36 J2 35 (1GR–FE) J31 A 38
C8 A 37 J4 38 J32 B 38
C9 B 37 J7 38 J33 A 38
C10 C 37 J8 A 38 J34 B 38
C13 37 J9 B 38 J35 A 38
D1 37 J18 38 J36 B 38
E1 34 (1GR–FE) J20 38 J37 38
E4 A 37 J25 38 P1 35 (1GR–FE)
E5 B 37 J27 38 S6 39
E6 C 37 J28 38 S8 39
E7 D 37 J29 A 38 S12 39
E8 E 37 J30 B 38 T2 35 (1GR–FE)
: Relay Blocks

1E 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1G
1J 25 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
1K
3A
3C
3D
3E

IC3
IC4
IL1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Upper Side of the Glove Box)
IM1
IM2
: Ground Points

EB 46 (1GR–FE) Front Left Fender
EF 46 (1GR–FE) Rear Side of Left Bank Cylinder Block
257
Cruise Control (2UZ–FE)

D1
1 1
20A 10A
EFI ETCS
SIL TC WFSE
7 13 15
2 2
R–Y
P–L
2 2
G H
Connector
Junction
J18
G H
R–W
R–Y
P–L
GR
L
A 3A C 3C
A 3A C 3C
R–Y
P–L
W–G
J35(A), J36(B)
J29(A), J30(B)
F A E A
Connector
Connector
Junction
Junction
2 2 H B A B
5 1
W–G
GR
L
R–Y
P–L
EFI
Relay
8 E 3 E 6 D 18 E 20 E 19 E
2 2 E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)

+B +B2 S1 S2 SR SLT+ SLT– SLU+ SLU–

W–B
B
1 E 2 E 11 B 10 B 15 B 13 B 12 B 16 C 15 C
LG–B
R–W
W–L
R–B
L–R
P–L
GR
B
A B A B 8 15 7 14 6 13 5
J31(A), J32(B)
S1 S2 SR SLT+ SLT– SLU+ SLU–

Connector
Connector
B
Junction
Junction
GR
BR
LG
SB
W
G
B
J2
B C A
W–B
B
C3 IC4
E1
EB
246
S6
Transmission
Control SW
15A
IG1
NSSD
9
8 1J
9 IM1
V
Y–R
A24 D 3E
V
Connector
Accel Position Sensor A
Junction
J7
7 D 3E
A
Park/Neutral
Position SW
Y–R
V
P1
6 3 4 1 5 2
Connector
H
3
Junction
J20
A A A A
J29(A), J30(B)
LG–B
W–R
V–W
W–L
Y–R
R–B
B–Y
Connector
Junction
Y–R
2 IM1 E B
C16 IC4 C13 IC4 A8 IC4 9 IC3 C11 IC4 8 IC3 A
A Y–R
LG–B
W–R
V–W
W–L
R–B
B–Y
J25
V
Junction
Connector
22 E 23 E 26 E 27 E 28 E 29 E 10 D
VPA VPA2 VCPA VCP2 EPA EPA2 D
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)

SL1+ SL1– SL2+ SL2– VC VTA1 VTA2 M+ M– GE01 E2

19 B 18 B 17 B 16 B 18 A 21 A 31 A 3 C 2 C 17 C 28 A
L–R
B–W
B–R
G–B
B–Y
BR
Connector
B
(Shielded)
Junction
R–B
G
R
Y
J26
12 4 11 3
B
SL1+ SL1– SL2+ SL2–
L–R
R
V
L
5 6 4 2 1
VC VTA1 VTA2 M+ M–
E2
3 T2
BR
E1
Electronically Controlled Transmission
Solenoid
247
10A 10A
STOP IGN
2
23 1E 11 1J
B–O
B–O C C B–O
G–W
15 IC3
J4
G–Y
Junction
2 3 Connector
Stop Light SW
J 8(A)
B 3C Junction
Connector
S12
1 4 B A B A
B 3C
B–O
G–Y
G–Y
G–Y
R–L
B A
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
J31(A), J32(B)
Connector
H A E Connector
Junction
Connector
Junction
J4
C12 IC4 B B
E
E B
G–Y
B–O
R–L
19 D 12 D 9 E
STP ST1– IGSW
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)

E01 E02 E03 ME01 HP EOM E1 4WD CCS SPD PI

7 A 6 A 7 C 4 C 1 D 15 E 1 C 8 B 24 D 17 D 13 D
L–B
(4WD)
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
V–R
10 IM2 1 IL1
BR
BR
LG
L–B
BR
BR
C B C B C
J33(A), J34(B)
C C 4 5
Connector
ECC CCS
Junction
J26
C Junction
Connector
J29(A), J30(B)
ON–OFF
B A D B
Connector
Junction
+ RES
B A
W–B
BR
– SET
Combination SW
LG
V–R
CANCEL
C13
Connector
A
Junction
V–R
J37
EE IK EF
248
7. 5A 10A
GAUGE DOME
4 1G 2
R
J7
Junction C2 IC4
Connector
D R
R–L
R
H A
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
F B
R
15 C 16 C
Speedometer
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C)
Combination Meter
CRUISE
11 A 5 B 13 C 4 B
GR–R
V–R
BR
LG
1 1G
16
7 IM1 SP1
11 1K
V–R
S8
Skid Control
B 3D ECU
LG
BR
B 3D
V–R V–R
EF
249
System Outline
The cruise control system is a constant vehicle speed controller in which control of the switch on the instrument panel makes
it possible to automatically adjust the opening of the engine throttle valve without depressing of the accel pedal.
1. Set Operation
When the ON–OFF SW is turned on, the system starts preparations necessary for the cruise control and turns on the
indicator light in the combination meter.
2. Set Speed Control
When the – SET SW is operated with the cruise control main SW turned on during travelling, the constant vehicle speed is
controlled.
3. Coast Control
When the – SET SW is kept turned on during cruise control travelling, the engine control module controls the throttle valve to
decelerate the vehicle. Every time the – SET SW is turned on instantaneously, the vehicle speed is decelerated
4. Accel Control
When the + RES SW is kept turned on during cruise control travelling, the engine control module controls the throttle valve to
accelerate the vehicle. Every time the + RES SW is turned on instantaneously, the vehicle speed is accelerated
5. Resume Control
When the vehicle speed is within the low speed limit (Approximately 40 km/h, 25 mph) if the cruise control is cancelled, use
of the + RES SW accelerates the vehicle to the speed level used before canceling the cruise control.
6. Manual Cancel Mechanism
If any of the following signals is input during cruise control travelling, the cruise control is cancelled.
∗ The stop light SW is turned on.
∗ The CANCEL SW is turned on.
∗ The ON–OFF SW is turned off.
7. Auto Cancel Function
If any of the following conditions is encountered, the cruise control is automatically cancelled.
∗ The stop light SW wiring is faulty or short–circuited.
∗ The vehicle speed signal is faulty.
∗ The electronically controlled throttle malfunctions.
8. Overdrive Control Function
Overdrive is sometimes cut off on gradients during cruise control driving. When end of climbing gradient is determined by
throttle opening degree information after overdrive is canceled, control is reset to overdrive condition after overdrive resetting
timer operation. Also, when overdrive is cut off during accelerator resuming control, control is reset to overdrive condition
when accelerator resuming control is finished.
Service Hints
(E) 9–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
(A) 6, (A) 7, (B) 8, (C) 1, (C) 4, (C) 7, (D) 1, (E) 15–Ground : Always continuity
(D)19–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with brake pedal depressed
(D)24–Ground : Continuity with cruise control ON–OFF SW at on
Approx. 1540 Ω with CANCEL SW on in cruise control SW
Approx. 240 Ω with + RES SW on in cruise control SW
Approx. 630 Ω with – SET SW on in cruise control SW
C13 Combination SW
5–4 : Approx. 1540 Ω with CANCEL SW on
Approx. 240 Ω with + RES SW on
Approx. 630 Ω with – SET SW on
250
: Parts Location
A24 36 J2 33 (2UZ–FE) J32 B 38
C8 A 37 J4 38 J33 A 38
C9 B 37 J7 38 J34 B 38
C10 C 37 J8 A 38 J35 A 38
C13 37 J9 B 38 J36 B 38
D1 37 J18 38 J37 38
E1 32 (2UZ–FE) J20 38 P1 33 (2UZ–FE)
E4 A 37 J25 38 S6 39
E5 B 37 J26 38 S8 39
E6 C 37 J29 A 38 S12 39
E7 D 37 J30 B 38 T2 33 (2UZ–FE)
E8 E 37 J31 A 38
: Relay Blocks

1G
( Finish Panel))
1K
3A
3C
3D
3E

IC3
IC4
IM1
IM2
: Ground Points

EB 44 (2UZ–FE) Front Left Fender
EE 44 (2UZ–FE) Rear Side of Right Bank Cylinder Block
EF 44 (2UZ–FE) Rear Side of Left Bank Cylinder Block
251
Door Lock Control

B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
1 1
7. 5A GAUGE
20A DR/LCK
10A DOME
7. 5A ACC
15A IG1
ACC BDR1 DRLP DCY2 SPD

22 12 12 C 11 C 14
S8
2 2 Skid Control
1 1G ECU
18 1J 2 4 1G 2 SP1
W–L
V–R
V–Y
16
9 1E
R–L
R
G–W
Y–R
C2 IC4
GR–R
Connector
A
Junction
R
J7
A
Connector
D
Junction
Y–R
17 A 8 C 5 B 4 B
J7
Speedometer
D
Connector
H
Junction
R
J20
H
Door
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C)
Combination Meter
Y–R
H A
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Connector
Junction
Connector
A F B
Junction
J25
15 C 16 C 13 C
A
BR
R
R
R–L
Y–R
7 IM1
2 IM1 BR
Y–R
P1
Park/Neutral
Position SW
G–B G–B
BR
EF
200
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
P DCTY PCTY RLCY RRCY L1 UL1

17 B 23 B 24 B 11 B 12 B 19 15
D17 5 1K 1 1K
Door Lock Control SW Front LH
G–B
R–B
R–Y
P–B
P–L
L–W
L–O
J6
E UL L Junction
D B H B Connector A D
1 8 5
J18(A), J19(B)
J18(A), J19(B)
Connector
Connector
A11 IE1 8 IO1

Junction
Junction
B A F A A D A D
G–W
R–W
W–B
L–W
L–W
L–O
L–O
R–B
P–B
P–L
G–B
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
1 1 1 1 5 IA1 4 IA1
Front RH
Front LH
Rear RH
Rear LH
D12
D13
D14
D15
L–W
L–O
Connector
E A
Junction
L–O
J 8(A)
E A L–W
B
J38
Junction
Connector
G–B
B B
W–B
W–B
C
J35
Junction
Connector
W–B
C
4 IA2
G–B
W–B
8 IM1
G–B
201
Door Lock Control
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

Body ECU
L2 UL3 ACTD LSWD LSWP ACT+ ACT–

20 12 A 10 A 21 A 30 A 23 24
3 1K
B–W
D18
Door Lock Control SW
Front RH
9 1L 18 1L 6 1L
Unlock
W–R
Lock
L–R
L–B
G
L
B–W
L–R
L–B
5 6 3
R
W–B
6 IP1 5 IP1 6 IA1 8 IA1 13 IA2 7 IA1 8 IA2 7 IP1 7 IP2 2 IP2
B1
B–W
B–W
L–W
B–R
B–R
L–O
W
G
B
L
9 10 1 8 4 7 1 4
W–B
W–B
L UL UL LSSR L LSSR UL L
L–O
4 IP2 E E
L–W D16 D19
7 8
Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH Door Lock Detection
Door Lock Detection SW Front LH SW Front RH
Door Lock Motor Front LH Door Lock Motor
W–B
W–B
Front RH
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
A A
J37
Junction
Connector
IK
202
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
LSR KSW GND2 GND1 L

5 14 C 16 4 14 A
G–Y
GR
2 1H
16 1L 23 1L 11 1L 15 1K 22 1L 10 1L
W–B
A B E B
J18(A), J19(B)
J18(A), J19(B)
Connector
Connector
Junction
Junction
L–R
L–R
L–B
L–B
E A A A
W
GR
G–Y
10 BA1 11 BA1 12 BA1 10 BB1 11 BB1 12 BB1
D6 IC4
B A
J14(A), J15(B)
L–R
L–R
L–B
L–B
W
Connector
GR
Junction
C B
6 1 4 6 1 4
LSSR UL L LSSR UL L 5 EA1 (2UZ–FE)
3 EA1 (1GR–FE)
E E
G–Y
GR
9 D20 9 D21
Door Lock Detection SW Door Lock Detection SW
Rear LH Rear RH
Door Lock Motor Rear LH Door Lock Motor Rear RH
W–B
W–B
4
Unlock Warning SW
L
4 BA1 4 BB1 2
W–B
W–B
G2
K3
Generator
1
W–B
W–B
A B
Connector
W–B
Junction
J15(B)
A B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
A A A A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG
203
Door Lock Control

B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C) B 8(A), B 9(B)
Body ECU Back Door ECU
1 1
MPX2 BECU SIG 10A 10A 30A BDR BECU SIG MPX2
ECU–IG ECU–B POWER
23 A 11 10 4 A 5 A 6 A 1 A
2 2
BR–R
L–R
12 1F 4 1B 8 1F 2 2 1F
R
B
L
W–R
W–R
W–R
B–R
L–O
A14 IE1 6 BD1 7 BD1 5 BD1 9 BD1
BR–R
BR–R
W–R
B–R
L–O
204
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
HALF FULL POS LSE ACT+ ACT– HSW+ HSW– GND

6 B 7 B 8 B 21 B 15 B 14 B 10 B 22 B 3 A
BR–W
LG–R
V–W
R–G
G–Y
B–R
L–R
L–B
W–B
Back Door Opener SW
5 6 4 3 1 2 1
M
B10
B7 10 BD1
Back Door Courtesy SW
Back Door Half Latch SW
Back Door Lock Detection SW
Back Door Lock Motor
W–B
A A A A
J40(A), J41(B)
Junction
Connector
A B
W–B
W–B
BO BL
205
Door Lock Control
System Outline
The door lock control is controlled through the various signals input into the body ECU through communication control of the
body ECU etc.
1. Manual Unlock Operation
When the door lock control SW of the driver’s or passenger’s side door is pushed to UNLOCK, the door lock will unlock.
2. Manual Lock Operation
When the door lock control SW of the driver’s or passenger’s side door is pushed to LOCK, the door lock will lock.
3. Door Key Unlock Operation
∗ Unlock operation from driver’s side door
When the driver’s side door is unlocked once using the ignition key, only the driver’s side door is unlocked. If this operation
is repeated within 3 seconds, all the other doors are unlocked.
4. Ignition Key Reminder Operation
When the door lock operation is made using the door knob with the ignition key remained inserted in the key cylinder and the
door open, unlock operation is automatically made. Additionally, if lock operation is made with the door lock control SW or
door key lock and unlock SW, unlock operation is automatically made after the lock operation has been completed.
5. Shift–Lever–Interlocked Auto Lock Control
∗ Auto lock operation
The auto lock control automatically locks all doors when the shift lever is thrown into another position from parking –– with
all doors closed, the ignition switch ON, and the engine running.
∗ Auto unlocking operation
The auto lock control automatically unlocks all doors when the shift lever is thrown into parking from another position ––
with the ignition switch ON, traveling at a speed not exceeding 16 km/h.
6. Vehicle–Speed–Interlocked Auto Lock Control
∗ Auto lock operation control
If any of the doors are not locked with the ignition switch ON and the engine running, the auto lock control automatically
locks all doors when the vehicle has gathered speed reaching or exceeding 20 km/h.
∗ Unlocking prevention feature
When the vehicle is traveling at a speed reaching or exceeding 20 km/h, the unlocking function that prevents driver from
locking himself out is disabled.
∗ Auto lock repeat prevention feature
Once auto lock is activated, auto lock operation cannot not be repeated –– until a door is opened or the ignition switch is
turned OFF with the vehicle traveling at a speed not exceeding 16 km/h.
7. Door–Open/Close–Interlocked Auto Unlocking
When the driver’s seat door is opened within 10 seconds after the ignition switch is turned OFF with the door closed, all
doors are unlocked automatically.
∗ When the battery terminal or fuse is disconnected for some reason, resetting to the initial status is necessary using the
door lock control SW front LH (Driver’s seat master SW) in accordance with the following procedure:
(1) Reconnect the battery terminal or fuse.
(2) With the back door closed, operate the door lock control SW front LH (Driver’s seat master SW) for locking and
unlocking.
Service Hints
Body ECU
11, 12–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
10–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
22–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
B8 (A) Back Door ECU
(A) 4, (A) 5–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(A) 6–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
206
: Parts Location
B4 A 36 D16 40 J15 B 38
B5 B 36 D17 40 J18 A 38
B6 C 36 D18 40 J19 B 38
B7 40 D19 40 J20 38
B8 A 40 D20 40 J25 38
B9 B 40 D21 40 J35 38
B10 40 32 (2UZ–FE) J37 38
G2
C8 A 37 34 (1GR–FE) J38 40
C9 B 37 J5 38 J40 A 40
C10 C 37 J6 38 J41 B 40
D12 40 J7 38 K3 39
D13 40 J8 A 38 33 (2UZ–FE)
P1
D14 40 J9 B 38 35 (1GR–FE)
D15 40 J14 A 38 S8 39
: Relay Blocks

1B
1E
1G
1H
( Finish Panel))
1K
1L

44 (2UZ–FE)
EA1 Engine No
No.2
46 (1GR–FE)
IA1
48 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IA2
IP1
52 Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IP2
BA1 54 Rear Door No.2 Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Center Pillar)
BB1 54 Rear Door No.1 Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Center Pillar)
BD1 54 Back Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Left Rear Side of Roof)
207
Door Lock Control
: Ground Points

44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
: Splice Points
B1 54 Front Door RH Wire
208
Memo
209
Automatic Glare–Resistant EC Mirror with Compass
15A
IG1
2 1A
I19
Inner
Mirror
6
W–B
14 1A
2 1H
W–B
A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG
296
Service Hints
I19 Inner Mirror
: Parts Location
I19 40 J5 38
: Ground Points

297
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (1GR–FE)

D1
1 1
20A 10A
EFI ETCS
SIL TC WFSE
7 13 15
2 2
R–Y
P–L
2 2
Connector
G H
Junction
J18
G H
R–W
R–Y
P–L
GR
L
A 3A C 3C
J4 A 3A C 3C
Junction
Connector
R–Y
P–L
B B
W–G
W–G
J35(A), J36(B)
J29(A), J30(B)
F A E A
Connector
Connector
Junction
Junction
2 2 H B A B
5 1
W–G
GR
L
R–Y
P–L
EFI
Relay
8 E 3 E 6 D 18 E 20 E 19 E
2 2 E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)

+B +B1 S1 S2 SL SLT+ SLT–

W–B
B
1 E 2 E 11 B 10 B 15 B 13 B 12 B
L–W
G–Y
L–R
L–B
G
B
A B A B 4 8 7 2 6
J31(A), J32(B)
S1 S2 S3 SLT+ SLT–
Connector
Connector
B
Junction
Junction
G
B
Y
J2
B C A C A
W–B
B
C3 IC4 12 IM1
E1
B
Electronically Controlled
Transmission Solenoid
B
EB
238
10A
STOP
G–W
15 IC3
A24
Accel Position Sensor
G–Y
2
B 3C S12
Stop Light SW

1
6 3 4 1 5 2 B 3C
G–Y
G–Y
G–Y
LG–B
W–R
V–W
W–L
R–B
B–Y
J31(A), J32(B)
H A E
J4
Connector
Junction Junction
Connector
C16 IC4 C13 IC4 A8 IC4 9 IC3 C11 IC4 8 IC3 E
E B
LG–B
W–R
V–W
W–L
R–B
B–Y
G–Y
22 E 23 E 26 E 27 E 28 E 29 E 19 D
VPA VPA2 VCPA VCP2 EPA EPA2 STP
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
VG E2G THA THOC E2 VC VTA1 VTA2 M+ M– GE01 THW

30 A 29 A 20 A 32 B 28 A 18 A 21 A 31 A 3 C 2 C 17 C 19 A
L–R
R–W
R–Y
R–B
B–Y
BR
Connector
B
(Shielded)
Junction
G–W
G–B
B–L
P
L
J27
B
L–R
3 2 4 1 5 6 4 2 1 2
Engine Coolant
Temp. Sensor
Temp. Sensor
Mass Air Flow Meter
VG E2G THA VC VTA1 VTA2 M+ M–

A/T Fluid
A3
E2
2 1
M1
+B E2 E2
1 5 3 T2
BR
BR
B
BR
BR
E8
BR
E8
239
7. 5A
STA
NO. 2
2 1K
P P1
Park/Neutral
L–Y
N Position SW
(Electronically Controlled
Vehicle Speed Sensor
6
2 1
Turbine Speed
Transmission)
B–Y
P
Sensor
J28
V11
T4
4 IM2 Junction
D Connector A
1 2
A B–Y
STA Relay
D D A
W–R
Y–R
B–Y
L–Y
G
27 B 35 B 26 B 34 B 12 C 16 A 9 B 17 A
NCO+ NCO– SP2+ SP2– STSW NSW STAR STA
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)

E05 E04 E03 ME01 E1 E01 E02

6 B 7 B 7 C 4 C 1 C 7 A 6 A
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BR
Connector
C
Junction
J27
C
BR
EE EF
240
B–L
S6
10A Transmission Control SW
IGN
11 1J AT3 NSSD ATD

3 9 2
B–O
G–Y
W
L
Connector
E 3C D 3E
Junction
J 8(A)
B A B A
B–O
G 3C G 3C E 3C E 3C D 3E
G–Y
B–L
B–L
B–L
L
J31(A), J32(B)
B A
J10(A), J11(B)
Connector
D A D A F A
Junction
J35(A), J36(B)
Connector
Junction
Connector
Junction
B B G–Y
G B
B B
B–O
B–L
B–L
9 E 8 D
IGSW L
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)

J29(A), J30(B)
J10(A), J11(B)
D A G A
Connector
Connector
HP EOM 2 OILW SPD R D 3

Junction
Junction
1 D 15 E 9 D 25 D 17 D 11 D 10 D 20 D
B B F B
L
(4WD)
W–B
W–B
V–R
R–Y
P–L
G–Y G–Y
R–Y
C B C B
J33(A), J34(B)
Connector
Junction
J29(A), J30(B)
D B
Connector
Junction
B A
B A W
L
W–B
V–R
B–L
Connector
A
Junction
V–R
J37
P(4WD)
IK
P–L
241
B–L
Connector
J20
Junction
A Y–R H Junction
Connector 15A
J25
IG1
A H
Y–R
Y–R
8 1J
2 IM1
Connector
A
Junction
A Y–R
Y–R
J7
3
RB
Park/Neutral
Position SW
LL 2L DL NL RL PL
P1
8 4 7 5 2 1
G–W
G–Y
G–B
R–Y
B–L
P–L
20 IM2 21 IM2 9 IM1 10 IM1 1 IM1 8 IM1
B–L
G–Y G–B
G–W
G–W
G–W
G–Y
G–Y
G–B
G–B
R–Y
R–Y
R–Y
P–L
P–L
P–L
H A H A A A A A C A C A A A A A C A C A
J29(A), J30(B)
J33(A), J34(B)
Connector
Connector
Connector
Junction
Junction
Junction
J35(A)
F B E B A B
J10(A), J11(B)
J10(A), J11(B)
H A I A 2 1L
Connector
Connector
Junction
Junction
G–Y
R–Y
P–L
E B D B 2 1J
P–L
G–W
G–Y
R–Y
R–Y
R–Y
G–W
W W
L L
P–L
B–L B–L
V–R V–R
P(4WD) P(4WD)
P–L
242
J7
7. 5A 10A
GAUGE Junction DOME
Connector
D
2
D S8
4 1G 2 Skid Control ECU
R
J 8(A), J 9(B)
H A
R–L
Connector
C2 IC4 SP1
Junction
16
F B
GR–R
15 C 16 C R 4 B
Speedometer
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C), C11(D)
G–B
Combination Meter
G–B
A/T OIL TEMP

J 8(A), J 9(B)
E A
Connector
Junction
A B
R
D
P
L
G–B
15 A 20 D 1 C 19 D 18 D 16 D 15 D 14 D 5 B 13 C
P(4WD)
G–W
G–B
R–Y
V–R
P–L
B–L
BR
W
1 1G
R–Y
G–W 7 IM1
11 1K
W
V–R
L B 3D
P–L
BR
B–L B 3D
V–R V–R
P(4WD)
EF
243
System Outline
Previous automatic transmissions have selected each gear shift using mechanically controlled throttle hydraulic pressure,
governor hydraulic pressure and lock–up hydraulic pressure. The electronically controlled transmission, however, electrically
controls the line pressure, throttle pressure, lock–up pressure and accumulator pressure etc. through the solenoid valve. The
electronically controlled transmission is a system which precisely controls gear shift timing and lock–up timing in response to
the vehicle’s driving conditions and the engine condition detected by various sensors. It makes smooth driving possible by
shift selection for each gear which is the most appropriate to the driving conditions at that time, and by preventing downing,
squat and gear shift shock when starting off.
1. Gear Shift Operation
When driving, the engine warm up condition is input as a signal to TERMINAL THW of the engine control module from the
engine coolant temp. sensor and the vehicle speed signal from vehicle speed sensor is input to TERMINAL SP2+ of the
engine control module. At the same time, the throttle valve opening signal from the throttle control motor and sensor is input
to TERMINALS VTA1 and VTA2 of the engine control module as throttle angle signal.
Based on these signals, the engine control module selects the best shift position for the driving conditions and sends current
to the electronically controlled transmission solenoid.
2. Lock–Up Operation
When the engine control module decides based on each signal that the lock–up condition has been met, the current flows
through TERMINAL SL of the engine control module to TERMINAL 7 of the electronically controlled transmission solenoid to
GROUND, causing lock–up operation.
3. Stop Light SW Circuit
If the brake pedal is depressed (Stop light SW on) when driving in lock–up condition, a signal is input to TERMINAL STP of
the engine control module. The engine control module operates and cuts the current to the solenoid to release lock–up.
Service Hints
(E) 9–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
(A)16–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ST position
(D)19–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the brake pedal depressed
(A)6, (A) 7, (B) 6, (B) 7, (C) 1, (C) 4, (C) 7, (D) 1, (E) 15–Ground : Always continuity
3–1 : Closed with the shift lever in P position
3–2 : Closed with the shift lever in R position
3–5 : Closed with the shift lever in N position
3–7 : Closed with the shift lever in D position or 3 position
3–4 : Closed with the shift lever in 2 position
3–8 : Closed with the shift lever in L position
: Parts Location
A3 34 (1GR–FE) J4 38 J33 A 38
A24 36 J7 38 J34 B 38
C8 A 37 J8 A 38 J35 A 38
C9 B 37 J9 B 38 J36 B 38
C10 C 37 J10 A 38 J37 38
C11 D 37 J11 B 38 M1 35 (1GR–FE)
D1 37 J18 38 P1 35 (1GR–FE)
E1 34 (1GR–FE) J20 38 S6 39
E2 34 (1GR–FE) J25 38 S8 39
E4 A 37 J27 38 S12 39
E5 B 37 J28 38 T2 35 (1GR–FE)
E6 C 37 J29 A 38 T4 35 (1GR–FE)
E7 D 37 J30 B 38 V11 35 (1GR–FE)
E8 E 37 J31 A 38
J2 35 (1GR–FE) J32 B 38
244
: Relay Blocks

1G
1J
1K
1L
3A
3C
3D
3E

IC3
IC4
IM1
IM2
: Ground Points

: Splice Points
E8 46 (1GR–FE) Engine Wire
245
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (2UZ–FE)

D1
1 1
20A 10A
EFI ETCS
SIL TC WFSE
7 13 15
2 2
R–Y
P–L
2 2
Connector
G H
Junction
J18
G H
R–W
R–Y
P–L
GR
L
A 3A C 3C
A 3A C 3C
R–Y
P–L
W–G
J35(A), J36(B)
J29(A), J30(B)
F A E A
Connector
Connector
Junction
Junction
2 2 H B A B
5 1
W–G
GR
L
R–Y
P–L
EFI
Relay
8 E 3 E 6 D 18 E 20 E 19 E
2 2 E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)

+B +B2 S1 S2 SR SLT+ SLT– SLU+ SLU–

W–B
B
1 E 2 E 11 B 10 B 15 B 13 B 12 B 16 C 15 C
B
E6
LG–B
R–W
W–L
R–B
L–R
P–L
GR
B
2
8 15 7 14 6 13 5
1 A B A B S1 S2 SR SLT+ SLT– SLU+ SLU–
J31(A), J32(B)
GR
BR
SB
LG
Connector
Connector
B
G
B
10A
Junction
Junction
EFI
NO. 2
J2
B C A
2
W–B
2
B
C3 IC4
E1
J4 J28
Junction Junction
Connector Connector
17 18
L–W A A L–W L–W L–W E E L–W
IC3 IM2
EB
230
10A
STOP
G–W
15 IC3
A24
Accel Position Sensor
G–Y
2
B 3C S12
Stop Light SW

1
6 3 4 1 5 2 B 3C
G–Y
G–Y
G–Y
LG–B
W–R
V–W
W–L
R–B
B–Y
J31(A), J32(B)
H A E
J4
Connector
Junction Junction
Connector
E B
LG–B
W–R
V–W
W–L
R–B
B–Y
G–Y
22 E 23 E 26 E 27 E 28 E 29 E 19 D
VPA VPA2 VCPA VCP2 EPA EPA2 STP
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
SL1+ SL1– SL2+ SL2– TH01 TH02 E2 VG E2G THA

19 B 18 B 17 B 16 B 32 B 24 B 28 A 30 A 29 A 20 A
B–W
Y–G
G–B
B–R
B–Y
W–R
B–W
Y–B
BR
12 4 11 3 10 9
SL1+ SL1– SL2+ SL2– OT+ OT2+
O
R
Y
L
5 4 2
Mass Air Flow Meter
VG E2G THA
M1
E2 +B
O
1 3
OT– OT2–
L–W
BR
E1 2 1
Electronically Controlled
Transmission Solenoid BR
BR BR
I8
L–W
231
7. 5A
STA
NO. 2
2 1K
P P1
Park/Neutral
L–Y
N Position SW
(Electronically Controlled
Vehicle Speed Sensor
6
1 1
Turbine Speed
Transmission)
B–Y
P
Sensor
J28
V11
T4
6 IM2 Junction
A Connector D
2 2
D B–Y
STA Relay
A A D
W–R
Y–R
B–Y
R–L
L–Y
L–Y
27 B 35 B 26 B 34 B 12 C 16 A 9 B 17 A
NT+ NT– SP2+ SP2– STSW NSW STAR STA
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)

VC VTA1 VTA2 M+ M– GE01 THW E01 E02 E03 ME01 E1 4WD

18 A 21 A 31 A 3 C 2 C 17 C 19 A 7 A 6 A 7 C 4 C 1 C 8 B
L–R
Connector
B
(Shielded)
Junction
(4WD)
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–B
R–L
BR
BR
G
R
Y
J26
B
L–R
Connector
5 6 4 2 1 2 C
Engine Coolant
Temp. Sensor
Junction
VC VTA1 VTA2 M+ M– C
J26
C
E2
1
E2
3 T2
BR
BR
BR
BR
I8
EE EF
232
G–R
S6
10A Transmission Control SW
IGN
11 1J NSSL ATL AT4 NSSD AT2 ATD

10 4 3 9 5 2
G–R
B–O
B–L
P–L
W
G
V
G 3C D 3C D 3E
Connector
Junction
J 8(A)
B A B A
B–O
G 3C D 3C G 3C D 3C D 3E
G–R
G–R
B–L
B–L
G
V
J31(A), J32(B)
B A
J10(A), J11(B)
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Connector
E A E A D A B A F A D A
Junction
J35(A), J36(B)
Connector
Connector
Junction
Junction
Connector
Junction
B B V
G B B B
A B B B D B
G–R
B–O
B–L
B–L
G
9 E 9 D 8 D 23 D
IGSW 2 L 4
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)

HP EOM OILW SPD P R N D 3

1 D 15 E 25 D 17 D 6 E 11 D 7 E 10 D 20 D
L L
(4WD)
G–W
W–B
W–B
G–B
V–R
R–Y
P
V V
G–W
R–Y
C B C B
J33(A), J34(B)
G–B
Connector
Junction
J29(A), J30(B)
B A D B
Connector
Junction
B A G
W–B
P–L
V–R
B–L
Connector
A
Junction
V–R
J37
P
IK (4WD)
233
G–R
Connector
J20
Junction
A Y–R H Junction
Connector 15A
J25
IG1
A H
Y–R
Y–R
8 1J
2 IM1
Connector
A
Junction
A Y–R
Y–R
J7
3
RB
Park/Neutral
Position SW
LL 2L DL NL RL PL
P1
8 4 7 5 2 1
G–W
G–R
G–B
R–Y
V
L
20 IM2 21 IM2 9 IM1 10 IM1 1 IM1 8 IM1
G–R
V G–B
G–W
G–W
G–W
G–B
G–B
R–Y
R–Y
R–Y
V
V
L
H A H A A A A A C A C A A A A A C A C A
J29(A), J30(B)
J33(A), J34(B)
J35(A), J36(B)
Connector
Connector
Connector
Junction
Junction
Junction
F B E B C B A B C B
J10(A), J11(B)
J10(A), J11(B)
H A I A 2 1L
Connector
Connector
Junction
Junction
G–W
G–B
R–Y
V
L
E B D B 2 1J
L
G–W
V
R–Y
G–W
R–Y
G–B
R–Y
L
G–W
W W
G G
P–L P–L
B–L B–L
V–R V–R
P P
(4WD) (4WD)
234
J7
7. 5A 10A
GAUGE Junction DOME
Connector
D
2
D S8
4 1G 2 Skid Control ECU
R
J 8(A), J 9(B)
H A
R–L
Connector
C2 IC4 SP1
Junction
16
F B
GR–R
15 C 16 C R 4 B
Speedometer
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C), C11(D)
G–B
Combination Meter
G–B
A/T OIL TEMP

J 8(A), J 9(B)
E A
Connector
Junction
A B
R
D
P
L
G–B
15 A 20 D 1 C 19 D 18 D 17 D 16 D 15 D 14 D 5 B 13 C
(4WD)
G–W
G–B
R–Y
V–R
P–L
B–L
BR
W
G
P
1 1G
R–Y
G–W 7 IM1
11 1K
W
V–R
L B 3D
P–L
BR
B–L B 3D
V–R V–R
P
(4WD) EF
235
System Outline
Previous automatic transmissions have selected each gear shift using mechanically controlled throttle hydraulic pressure,
governor hydraulic pressure and lock–up hydraulic pressure. The electronically controlled transmission, however, electrically
controls the line pressure, throttle pressure, lock–up pressure and accumulator pressure etc. through the solenoid valve. The
electronically controlled transmission is a system which precisely controls gear shift timing and lock–up timing in response to
the vehicle’s driving conditions and the engine condition detected by various sensors. It makes smooth driving possible by
shift selection for each gear which is the most appropriate to the driving conditions at that time, and by preventing downing,
squat and gear shift shock when starting off.
1. Gear Shift Operation
When driving, the engine warm up condition is input as a signal to TERMINAL THW of the engine control module from the
engine coolant temp. sensor and the vehicle speed signal from vehicle speed sensor is input to TERMINAL SP2+ of the
engine control module. At the same time, the throttle valve opening signal from the throttle position sensor is input to
TERMINALS VTA1 and VTA2 of the engine control module as throttle angle signal.
Based on these signals, the engine control module selects the best shift position for the driving conditions and sends current
to the electronically controlled transmission solenoid.
2. Line Hydraulic Pressure Control
The engine control module adjusts the line hydraulic pressure to the optimal level by controlling TERMINAL SLT+ of the
module according to the engine torque data. This realizes the smooth gear shifting.
3. High Response Gear Shifting Control
The engine control module performs the high response engine torque up control to control the ignition–timing lag as well as
opening the electronic throttle when shifting down. By doing this, the gear shifting is performed in a short period of time.
Moreover, the engine control module uses the orifice switching control, which optimizes the speed of applying and reducing
the hydraulic pressure. And it realizes the fine shifting condition by applying and reducing hydraulic pressure slowly when
the gear shifting shock is important and quickly when the high response is required.
4. Clutch Hydraulic Pressure Control
The engine control module controls the clutch operation in the optimal timing and with the best hydraulic pressure according
to the engine torque data and the number of the clutch revolution
5. Lock–Up and Flexible Lock–Up Control
The engine control module carries out the lock–up control by controlling the TERMINAL SLU+ of the module according to
the shift position, vehicle speed, throttle opening degree and running conditions. The engine control module also steadily
keeps applying the lock–up clutch a delicate slippage to improve the transmission efficiency (Fuel efficiency) of the torque
converter.
6. Stop Light SW Circuit
If the brake pedal is depressed (Stop light SW on) when driving in lock–up condition, a signal is input to TERMINAL STP of
the engine control module. The engine control module operates and cuts the current to the solenoid to release lock–up.
7. AI–Shift Control
The engine control module judges whether the road is downslope or upslope by detecting the throttle opening degree or the
vehicle’s speed. Moreover it can expect the winding roads by detecting the turning condition of the vehicle. The engine
control module keeps unnecessary shifting up from the fourth gear from operating and carries out the automatic shifting
down to the third gear in order to control the vehicle running according to the road conditions. The engine control module
also reads the driver’s intention during driving from his (her) accelerating operation and the running conditions of the vehicle.
As a result of that, ideal shifting patters for each driver are automatically selected without any switching operations.
Service Hints
(E) 9–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
(C)12–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ST position
(D)19–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the brake pedal depressed
(A) 6, (A) 7, (B) 8, (C) 1, (C) 4, (C) 7, (D) 1, (E) 15–Ground : Always continuity
3–1 : Closed with the shift lever in P position
3–2 : Closed with the shift lever in R position
3–5 : Closed with the shift lever in N position
3–7 : Closed with the shift lever in D position or 4 position
3–4 : Closed with the shift lever in 3 position
3–8 : Closed with the shift lever in 2 position or L position
236
: Parts Location
A24 36 J4 38 J32 B 38
C8 A 37 J7 38 J33 A 38
C9 B 37 J8 A 38 J34 B 38
C10 C 37 J9 B 38 J35 A 38
C11 D 37 J10 A 38 J36 B 38
D1 37 J11 B 38 J37 38
E1 32 (2UZ–FE) J18 38 M1 33 (2UZ–FE)
E2 32 (2UZ–FE) J20 38 P1 33 (2UZ–FE)
E4 A 37 J25 38 S6 39
E5 B 37 J26 38 S8 39
E6 C 37 J28 38 S12 39
E7 D 37 J29 A 38 T2 33 (2UZ–FE)
E8 E 37 J30 B 38 T4 33 (2UZ–FE)
J2 33 (2UZ–FE) J31 A 38 V11 33 (2UZ–FE)
: Relay Blocks

1G
1J
1K
1L
3A
3C
3D
3E

IC3
IC4
IM1
IM2
: Ground Points

: Splice Points
E6 44 (2UZ–FE) Engine Room Main Wire I8 50 Engine Wire
237
Electric Tension Reducer
15A J20
IG1
Junction Connector
8 1J
H H
Y–R
Y–R
A A
A Y–R J25
Junction
Connector
J7
A Junction A
Connector
Y–R
Y–R
D5 IE1 6 IO1
Y–R
Y–R
1 1
T12 T13
Tension Reducer Tension Reducer
Solenoid LH Solenoid RH
2 2
V
2 1
B12 B13
Buckle SW LH Buckle SW RH
4
W–B
W–B
BL BM
300
Service Hints
B12 Buckle SW LH
2–4 : Closed with the driver seat belt in use
B13 Buckle SW RH
1–3 : Closed with the front passenger seat Belt in use
T12, T13 Tension Reducer Solenoid LH, RH
: Parts Location
B12 42 J20 38 T13 41
B13 42 J25 38
J7 38 T12 41
1J 25 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: Ground Points

BM 54 Floor Seat Crossmember RH
301
Engine Control (1GR–FE)
1 1
7. 5A 15A 20A
ACC A/F HEATER EFI
2 2
8 1K 2 2
ACC L
P
J4
AM1 IG1 F 3E Junction
Connector
B W–G
F 3E L
B B
7 AM2 IG2 6 B–R B–R
ST2 B–O
P
R
W–G
W–G
5 IC3 B–R B B–W
B–O
L
L
I18
Ignition SW
P
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
A/F HEATER Relay
3 2 5 1 1 5 5 1
ACC CUT Relay
C/OPN Relay
EFI Relay
4 1 3 2 2 3 3 2
B
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
GR–B
W–G
B–W
W–B
GR
E6
R
2
B
GR–B
2
30A AM2
W–B
1
GR–B
B
2
B
Connector
B
Junction
B
J2
B
Battery GR–B
B
W–B
4 IM1 B
W–G
EB
86
L
B
B
W
B–R
B–O
B–W
W–G
W–G
GR–B
FUEL PUMP
Relay
1
2
Y–B Y–B Y–B
2
2
D5 IC4
19 IM2
B–W
5
3
B–Y
2
2
4
F8
Fuel Pump
Resistor
1
2
B–R B–R
I1
J40(A), J41(B) J4
Junction Junction
B–R
Connector Connector
5
4
C
C
W–B W–B B–R B–O B–O
A A
A B
M
BO
2 IB1
F14
Fuel Pump
B–O
A B
B–R
23 1E
6 1D
W–B
J 8(A)
BL
10A
IGN
Junction
Connector
B–O B–O B–R B–R
B A
B A
11 1J
3 1H
5 IM1
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
B–O B–O L L
B A
B B
9 E
3 E
C4 IC4
BATT
IGSW
Y–B
33 A
W–G W–G
FPR

8 E
C17 IC4
MREL
GR–B
10 E
FC
P1
P Park/Neutral
9 B
W–G W–G W–G Position SW

STAR
14 A
16 IC3
5 IM2
ACCR
P
D
9
D
D
P P
J31(A), J32(B)
16 A
NSW
Junction
6
Connector
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
B B
C A
A B
1 E
+B
A
A
B B B–Y B–Y
C A
A B
2 E
17 A
+B1
STA
B
A
2
1
B R–G R–G R–G B–Y
27 A
STA Relay
1 IB2
C3 IE1
17 IM2
CCV
V10 J28
VSV (Canister Closed Valve) Junction
B
W
Connector
B–R
87
7. 5A
STA
B–R B–R B–R B–R B–R NO. 2
E8 E8 E8 E8 E8
2 1K
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
Combination Meter
Camshaft Timing Oil
Camshaft Timing Oil

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Control Valve RH
Control Valve LH
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
Injector No. 5
Injector No. 6
L–Y
I10
I11
I12
I13
I14
I9
C3
C2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
R–L
R–L
4 IM2
Connector
D
Junction
D
J27
L–W
G–Y
L–R
L–Y
L–B
G
R
B
D L
R–L
1 A 2 A 3 A 4 A 5 A 3 B 12 C 16 C 15 C 14 C 13 C
# 10 # 20 #30 # 40 # 50 #60 STSW OC1+ OC1– OC2+ OC2–
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)

PTNK VC VTA1 VTA2 M+ M– GE01 THW VG E2G THA

21 E 18 A 21 A 31 A 3 C 2 C 17 C 19 A 30 A 29 A 20 A
L–R
O
Connector
B
Junction
L–R B
G–W
R–W
G–B
R–Y
R–B
B–L
(* 1)
L
J27
BR
B
L–R
7 IM2 22 IM2 5 6 4 2 1 2 3 2 4
Engine Coolant
VG E2G THA
Temp. Sensor
Flow Meter
L–R
BR
O
Mass Air
M1
E2 E2 +B
E2
A10 IE1 A16 IE1 A17 IE1 1

T2 3 5 1
L–R
BR

O
BR
BR
BR
10 BC2 8 BC2 16 BC2 BR BR BR BR

E8 E8 E8
L–R
BR
O
2 3 1
PTNK VCC GND
V8
Vapor Pressure Sensor
W W
12
B B B
IM1 E13
88
B
W
BR
V1
VSV (ACIS) R–Y
23 C
A/C Lock Sensor
1
2
B W–L
LCKI
15 A
E13
ACIS
I1
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 1
B
V2
3
2
VSV (EVAP) Y–R W–R
8 A
1
2
B G–Y
IGT1
34 A
E13
EVP1
I2
BR BR Ignition Coil and
B
28 A
E2
E8
Igniter No. 2
3
2
(* 1) P–L W–R
9 A
E9
IGT2
BR
A
A
2
3
W W Y
I3
23 B
+B
AF+
W–R
AFL+
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 3
A
J27
1
4
3
2
BR LG W–R
Junction
31 B
10 A
HT
E9
Connector
AF–
IGT3
AFL–
W
A13
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor I4
(Bank 2 Sensor 1) B–W
W–R
Ignition Coil and
4 B
Igniter No. 4
HAFL
(* 1)
I9
3
2
LG–B W–R
11 A
E9
IGT4
BR
2
3
W P
22 B
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
+B
AF+

AFR+
I5
W–R
Ignition Coil and

Igniter No. 5
1
4
L
30 B
HT
AF–
3
2
GR W–R
AFR–
12 A
E9
IGT5
A12
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor
(Bank 1 Sensor 1) R–L
I6
5 B
W–R
HAFR
Ignition Coil and

(* 1) Igniter No. 6
B
3
2
L W–R
13 A
E9
IGT6
2
3
B B
29 B
+B
OX
E13
OX2B
W–R
BR
* 1 : Shielded
W–R
24 A
IGF
4
1
BR L
33 B
E1
HT
E8
HT2B
B–Y
2 D
MG CLT Relay
H8
ACMG
B
BR
BR
(* 1)
Heated Oxygen Sensor
(Bank 2 Sensor 2)
89
1 1
10A 10A
ETCS STOP
A32 2 2
A24 Airbag Sensor
Accel Position Sensor Assembly 2 2
G–Y
G–W
GSW2 B 3C
2
23
Stop Light SW
GR
6 3 4 1 5 2 B 3C
S12
H A
J31(A), J32(B)
L
LG–B
W–R
V–W
W–L
R–B
G–Y
B–Y
Connector
Junction
G–Y
C5 IC4
15 IC3 E B
Connector
C16 IC4 C13 IC4 A8 IC4 9 IC3 C11 IC4 8 IC3 2 IL1 E
Junction
J4
LG–B
W–R
V–W
W–L
R–B
G–Y
B–Y
GR
E
L
G–Y
22 E 23 E 26 E 27 E 28 E 29 E 14 E 6 D 19 D
VPA VPA2 VCPA VCP2 EPA EPA2 F/PS +BM STP
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)

OX1B HT1B E1 VV1+ NE– NE+ VV2+

21 B 25 B 1 C 27 C 24 C 25 C 26 C
W
(* 1)
BR
W
I9
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
W
G
R
Y
L
3 1
(Bank 1 Sensor 2)
I9
OX HT
1 2 2
VVT Sensor LH
Position Sensor
VVT Sensor
E1 +B
H6
BR
Crankshaft
4 2
V4
V3
RH
C4
BR
2 1 1
B
BR
J28
Junction
Connector I9 I9
(* 1) BR F
I9
BR BR F
F
BR
BR
BR
BR
C C
C BR BR
B
J27
Junction EE
Connector
90
From Power Source System (See Page 58) * 1 : Shielded
1 A11
ADD Actuator
ADD GR–R
10A 30A
TAIL DEFOG 3
2
F 9(A), F10(B) S 8(B), S 9(C)
5 1L 2 4WD Control ECU Skid Control ECU 16 B
GR
SP1
Y–G
G
B L4 ADD NEO ENG+ ENG– TRC+ TRC–

J16 C10 IC4 7 C 14 C 22 C 24 C 16 C
24 A 18 B
Junction
Connector
Y–G
W–L
6 EC1
GR
D Connector
G
Junction
Y–G D
J22
D 3D
GR
Connector
Connector
H B E
Junction
Junction
E
J30(B)
D A I A
W
G
R
P
Y
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction J28
D 3D Connector H B E
(4WD)
(4WD)
W–L
I B D B GR
Y–G
G
13 E 12 E 4 D 8 B 17 E 24 E 30 E 25 E 31 E
ELS2 ELS L4 4WD NEO ENG+ ENG– TRC+ TRC–
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)

EKN2 KNK2 KNK1 EKNK THWO ACLD THE A/CS E01 E02 E03 ME01 E04 E05
20 B 2 B 1 B 28 B 14 D 33 D 32 D 31 D 7 A 6 A 7 C 4 C 7 B 6 B
L–B
GR–G
BR–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B–R
H B
(* 1)
(* 1)
W
G
J31(A), J32(B)
R
Connector
Junction
(* 1) E A
E10
L–B
4 IK1 2 IK1 3 IK1

BR
C 3D
6 ED1 4 ED1 1 ED1 2 ED1 5 ED1
C 3D
BR
GR–G
BR–B
B–R
(* 1)
(* 1)
W
G
R
L–B
E11
2 2 7 A 18 A 7 B 17 B
Knock Sensor
Knock Sensor
TWI ACLD THE ACS

K2
K1
2
1 1
A16(A), A17(B)
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
EF EE
91
GR–R
7. 5A
OBD
T8 2
Transponder Key
Computer 2
R–Y
EFIO EFII P–L
O
6 7
C 3C A 3A
R–Y
P–L
R–W C14 IC4
F A E A C 3C A 3A
J35(A), J36(B)
J29(A), J30(B)
W–R
L–R
R–Y
P–L
Connector
Connector
Junction
Junction
Connector
Junction
H B A B H G
J18
R–W
R–Y
P–L
H G
R–W
O
R–Y
P–L
27 D 26 D 18 E 20 E 19 E
IMI IMO SIL TC WFSE 15 13 7 16
WFSE TC SIL BATT
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
PSW HP EOM SPD TACH W SG CG TAC

10 C 1 D 15 E 17 D 5 E 11 E 5 D1 4 9
Data Link
Connector 3
B–W
W–B
W–B
V–R
R–B
W–B
B–W
BR
G–W
C B C B E
J22
9 IM2 Junction
J33(A), J34(B)
Connector
Connector
E
Junction
B A
BR
Oil Pressure SW
1
W–B
Power Steering
B–W
GR–R
P2
W–B
R–B
B–W
V–R
W–B
BR
A A
J37 J5
Junction Junction
Connector Connector
IK EF IG
92
R–B
V–R
B–W
B–W
GR–R
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C)
Combination Meter
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
R–B R–L
7 A
15 C
4 1G
GR–R
7. 5A
4 B
GAUGE
B–W
C A
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
B–W B–W B–W Connector
F B
G A
C A
C B
6 B
R
F B
H A
16 C
J31(A), J32(B) J 8(A), J 9(B)

Junction Junction
Connector Connector
J7
R
Junction
Connector
D
D
V–R V–R V–R V–R Speedometer R
D B
B A
5 B
11 1K
B 3D
B 3D
1 1G

J29(A), J30(B)
Junction
10A
Connector
DOME
Tachometer
2
1
R
2
C2 IC4
BR BR
13 C
EF
7 IM1
93
: Parts Location
A11 34 (1GR–FE) I1 35 (1GR–FE) J31 A 38
A12 34 (1GR–FE) I2 35 (1GR–FE) J32 B 38
A13 34 (1GR–FE) I3 35 (1GR–FE) J33 A 38
A16 A 36 I4 35 (1GR–FE) J34 B 38
A17 B 36 I5 35 (1GR–FE) J35 A 38
A24 36 I6 35 (1GR–FE) J36 B 38
A32 36 I9 35 (1GR–FE) J37 38
C2 34 (1GR–FE) I10 35 (1GR–FE) J40 A 40
C3 34 (1GR–FE) I11 35 (1GR–FE) J41 B 40
C4 34 (1GR–FE) I12 35 (1GR–FE) K1 35 (1GR–FE)
C8 A 37 I13 35 (1GR–FE) K2 35 (1GR–FE)
C9 B 37 I14 35 (1GR–FE) M1 35 (1GR–FE)
C10 C 37 I18 37 P1 35 (1GR–FE)
D1 37 J2 35 (1GR–FE) P2 35 (1GR–FE)
E2 34 (1GR–FE) J4 38 S8 B 39
E4 A 37 J5 38 S9 C 39
E5 B 37 J7 38 S12 39
E6 C 37 J8 A 38 T2 35 (1GR–FE)
E7 D 37 J9 B 38 T8 39
E8 E 37 J16 38 V1 35 (1GR–FE)
F8 34 (1GR–FE) J18 38 V2 35 (1GR–FE)
F9 A 37 J22 38 V3 35 (1GR–FE)
F10 B 37 J27 38 V4 35 (1GR–FE)
F14 40 J28 38 V8 41
H6 34 (1GR–FE) J29 A 38 V10 41
H8 34 (1GR–FE) J30 B 38
: Relay Blocks

1D
1E
1G
1H
( Finish Panel))
1K
1L
3A
3C
3D
3E
94
EC1 46 (1GR–FE) Engine Wire and Differential Wire (Near the Front Differential)
ED1 46 (1GR–FE) Engine Wire and Sensor Wire (Rear Side of Right Bank Cylinder Block)
IB1
48 Floor No
No.2
2 Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IB2
IC3
IC4
IM1
IM2
BC2 54 Frame Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Under the Rear LH Seat)
: Ground Points

: Splice Points
E6 46 (1GR–FE) Engine Room Main Wire E11 46 (1GR–FE) Sensor Wire
E8 E13 46 (1GR–FE) Engine Wire
E9 46 ((1GR–FE)) Engine
g Wire I1 50 Engine Room Main Wire
E10 I9 50 Engine Wire
95
Engine Control (2UZ–FE)
7. 5A 20A
ACC EFI
8 1K 2
ACC L
L
AM1 IG1 F 3E W–G
ST1 W–G
F 3E L
7 AM2 IG2 6 B–R B–R
ST2 B–O
P
R
W–G
5 IC3 B B–W
B–O
L
L
I18
Ignition SW
P
2 2 2 2 2 2
3 2 1 5 5 1
C/OPN Relay
EFI Relay
ACC CUT
Relay
4 1 2 3 3 2
B
2 2 2 2 2 2
GR–B
W–G
B B
B–W
GR
E6
R
2
B
2 GR–B
2
1
30A AM2
W–B
10A
EFI C3 IC4 C15 IC4
NO. 2
1
2
GR–B
B
2 2
L–W
B
Connector
Connector
B A
Junction
Junction
A
J2
J4
B A
Battery GR–B
L–W
L–W
17 IC3 L–W
W–B
L–W
EB
74
1 3
B–R B–R B–R B–R
EA1 EB1
B–R
6
STA Relay
Park/Neutral
Position SW
W–G P
W–G
W–G
P1
9
L
B–Y
B–Y
P
B–R B–R 16 IC3
I2
Connector
B–O A D
W–G
W–G
Junction
L
D
B–R
J28
B–W
A A D
B–W C4 IC4 C17 IC4 5 IM2
6 1D
W–G
W–G
B–O
B–Y
P
P
L
2 2
3 E 8 E 15 A 16 A 9 B 17 A
Connector
2 3 C BATT MREL ACCR NSW STAR STA

Junction
10A
FUEL PUMP
IGN
4
J4
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)

Relay
C Engine Control Module

B–O
1 5
IGSW FPR FC +B +B2 CCV
9 E 33 A 10 E 1 E 2 E 27 A
2 2 2 23 1E 11 1J
GR–B
G–R
B–O
R–G
B
B
G–R
B–R
B–Y
B–O
B–O
J31(A), J32(B)
2
B–R B B A B A B
J31(A), J32(B)
I1 IB1
Connector
Connector
B A
Junction
Junction
Connector
17 IM2
J 8(A)
Junction
B–R
B–R
D5 IC4
B A B A
2
R–G
C A
4
G–R
Fuel Pump
Fuel Pump
B–O
B–O
Resistor
M
F14
F8
C3 IE1
5
1
W–B
19 IM2
R–G
VSV (Canister Closed Valve)
A B A B
J40(A), J41(B)
1
G–R
Connector
Junction
A A
2
W–B
W–B
V10
B
GR–B
1 IB2
B
L–W L–W
L–W L–W
W–B
W–B
BO BL
75
B–R B–R B–R B–R B–R B–R B–R R–Y

E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3
R–W
R–Y
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
Combination Meter
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
Ignition Coil and
Ignition Coil and

Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
Injector No. 5
Injector No. 6
Injector No. 7
Injector No. 8
Igniter No. 1
Igniter No. 2
I10
I11
I12
I13
I14
I15
I16
I9
I1
I2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
R–L
R–L
Connector
A
Junction
LG–B
J26
BR
LG
W
W
G
R
Y
L
A
R–L
1 A 2 A 3 A 4 A 5 A 3 B 6 C 5 C 9 A 8 A
#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 IGT1 IGT2
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)

PTNK VC VTA1 VTA2 M+ M– GE01 THW VG E2G THA

21 E 18 A 21 A 31 A 3 C 2 C 17 C 19 A 30 A 29 A 20 A
L–R
O
Connector
B
Junction
L–R B W–R
B–W
R–B
Y–B
R–L
(* 1)
G
R
Y
J26
BR
B
L–R
7 IM2 22 IM2 5 6 4 2 1 2 5 4 2
Engine Coolant
VG E2G THA
Temp. Sensor
Mass Air Flow

L–R
BR
O
Meter
M1
E2 E2 +B
E2
A10 IE1 A16 IE1 A17 IE1 1

T2 3 1 3
L–R
BR

O
L–W
BR
BR
BR
10 BC2 8 BC2 16 BC2 BR BR BR BR

I8 I8 I8
L–R
BR
O
2 3 1
PTNK VCC GND
V8
Vapor Pressure Sensor
L–W
18
L–W L–W
IM2
76
I3
BR
R–Y
L–W
L–W
R–W
V2 Ignition Coil and
VSV (EVAP) Igniter No. 3
2
1
L–W Y–R
34 A
3
2
L–W R–W
PRG
25 A
E3
IGT3
BR BR
28 A
I8
E2
I4
R–W
Ignition Coil and
(* 1) Igniter No. 4
L–W
3
2
L–Y R–Y
11 A
BR
E3
E
E
E
IGT4
E
2
3
L–W L–W G
J28
22 B
+B
OX
OX2A
Junction
E
E
E
Connector
I5
R–W
Ignition Coil and
4
1
BR B–L Igniter No. 5
33 B
I8
E1
HT
L–W
L–W
L–W
HT2A
3
2
B–L R–W
12 A
E3
R–Y
IGT5
H7
BR
(Bank 2 Sensor 1)
I6
(* 1)
R–W
Ignition Coil and
I9
Igniter No. 6
3
2
G R–Y
BR
26 A
E3
2
3
L–W R
IGT6
23 B
+B
OX
OX1A
BR
I7
4
1
BR LG
R–Y
Ignition Coil and
4 B
I8
E1
HT
Igniter No. 7
HT1A
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)
3
2
G–W R–Y

H5
13 A
E3
Heated Oxygen Sensor IGT7
BR
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
(* 1)
I8
R–Y
R–W
Ignition Coil and

Igniter No. 8
2
3
3
2
L–W W 21 B G–B R–W

10 A
+B
OX
E3
IGT8
OX2B
BR
4
1
BR P
25 B
I8
E1
HT
R–W
HT2B
23 A
IGF2
H8
* 1 : Shielded
(Bank 2 Sensor 2) R–Y

24 A
IGF1
R–Y B–Y
23 C
2 D
A/C Lock Sensor MG CLT Relay

LCKI
ACMG
BR
BR
(* 1)
L–W
77
1 1
7. 5A 10A 10A
STA ETCS STOP
NO. 2
2 2
A24
Accel Position Sensor 2 1K 2 2
G–Y
G–W
B 3C
2
Stop Light SW
L–Y
GR
6 3 4 1 5 2 B 3C
S12
H A
J31(A), J32(B)
LG–B
W–R
V–W
W–L
R–B
G–Y
B–Y
Connector
Junction
G–Y
6 IM2 C5 IC4
15 IC3 E B
Connector
Junction
J4
LG–B
W–R
V–W
W–L
R–B
G–Y
B–Y
L–Y
GR
E
G–Y
22 E 23 E 26 E 27 E 28 E 29 E 12 C 6 D 19 D
VPA VPA2 VCPA VCP2 EPA EPA2 STSW +BM STP
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)

OX1B HT1B NE+ NE– G2+ G2– KNK2 KNK1

29 B 5 B 25 C 24 C 27 C 32 C 2 B 1 B
G–Y
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
W
W
B
B
L
I9
E3
(* 1)
I9
BR
3 1
(Bank 1 Sensor 2)
1 1
Position Sensor
Position Sensor
OX HT
Crankshaft
Camshaft
1 EB1 2 EB1 4 EB1

BR
+B E1
H6
C4
C1
BR
BR
(* 1)
(* 1)
2 4 2 2
W
B
L–W
BR
E4
1 1
BR
Knock Sensor 2
Knock Sensor 1
C
(* 1) BR C C BR
I9
BR BR C J28
K2
K1
Junction
Connector
C
BR
L–W
EF
78
* 1 : Shielded
GR–R
T8 F9 A32
Transponder Key 4WD Control S 8(B), S 9(C) Airbag Sensor
Computer ECU Skid Control ECU 16 B Assembly
SP1
R–Y
EFIO EFII L4 NEO ENG+ ENG– TRC+ TRC– GSW2 P–L

6 7 24 7 C 14 C 22 C 24 C 16 C 23
(4WD)
W–L
R–Y
P–L
R–W
J35(A), J36(B)
J29(A), J30(B)
F A E A
Connector
Connector
Connector
W–R
H B
L–R
Junction
Junction
Junction
J30(B)
W
R
P
Y
2 IL1
H B H B A B
(4WD)
W–L
R–W
R–Y
P–L
27 D 26 D 4 D 17 E 24 E 30 E 25 E 31 E 14 E 18 E 20 E 19 E
IMI IMO L4 NEO ENG+ ENG– TRC+ TRC– F/PS SIL TC WFSE
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C), E 7(D), E 8(E)

THWO ACLD THE A/CS E01 E02 E03 ME01 E1 4WD HP EOM SPD TACH W ELS
14 D 33 D 32 D 31 D 7 A 6 A 7 C 4 C 1 C 8 B 1 D 15 E 17 D 5 E 11 E 12 E
L–B
H B
J31(A), J32(B)
GR–G
(4WD)
BR–B
Connector
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B–W
B–R
V–R
R–B
L–R
BR
BR
Junction
E A
L–B
4 IK1 2 IK1 3 IK1 4 II1
C 3D C B C B
J33(A), J34(B)
C C
L–R
Connector
Junction
C 3D J26 15
C
GR–G
BR–B
B–R
Junction B A ELS1
Connector
L–B
7 A 18 A 7 B 17 B B4
TWI ACLD THE ACS Body ECU
W–B
BR
R–B
A16(A), A17(B)
A/C Control Assembly B–W
V–R
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
A
J37
Junction
Connector
EE EF IK
79
1 1
7. 5A 7. 5A 10A
OBD GAUGE DOME
GR–R
R
2 2
2 4 1G 2
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Connector
R–Y H A D
R–L
Junction
R
Connector
Junction
P–L
J7
O
D
F B C2 IC4
C 3C A 3A
R
R
R–W C14 IC4
15 C 16 C
C 3C A 3A
R–Y
P–L
Speedometer
Connector
H G
Tachometer
Junction
Indicator Lamp
J18
Malfunction
H G
R–W
O
R–Y
P–L
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C)
15 13 7 16
Combination Meter
WFSE TC SIL BATT
SG CG
5 D1 4 7 A 4 B 6 B 5 B 13 C
GR–R
B–W
V–R
R–B
BR
J 8(A), J 9(B)
C B 1 1G
Connector
Junction
W–B
BR
C A 11 1K
V–R
7 IM1
E B 3D
J22
B–W
9 IM2 Junction
Connector
E
B 3D
V–R
J31(A), J32(B)
J29(A), J30(B)
G A B A
BR
Connector
Connector
W–B
Junction
Junction
F B D B
B–W
V–R
BR
R–B
B–W
V–R
W–B
BR
A
J5
Junction
Connector
EF IG EF
80
System Outline
The engine control system utilizes a microcomputer and maintains overall control of the engine, transmission etc. An outline
of the engine control is given here.
1. Input Signals
(1) Engine coolant temp. signal circuit
The engine coolant temp. sensor detects the engine coolant temp. and has a built–in thermistor with a resistance which
varies according to the engine coolant temp. The engine coolant temp. is input into TERMINAL THW of the engine
control module as a control signal.
(2) Intake air temp. signal circuit
The intake air temp. sensor is installed in the mass air flow meter and detects the intake air temp., which is input as a
control signal to TERMINAL THA of the engine control module.
(3) Oxygen sensor signal circuit
The oxygen density in the exhaust emission is detected and is input as a control signal from the heated oxygen sensors
to TERMINALS OX1A, OX1B, OX2A and OX2B of the engine control module.
(4) RPM signal circuit
The camshaft position is detected by the camshaft position sensor and is input into TERMINAL G2+ of the engine
control module as a control signal. Also, the engine RPM is detected by the crankshaft position sensor and the signal is
input into TERMINAL NE+ of the engine control module.
(5) Throttle position sensor signal circuit
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve opening angle as a control signal, which is input into TERMINALS
VTA1 and VTA2 of the engine control module.
(6) Vehicle speed circuit
The vehicle speed sensor detects the vehicle speed, and the signal is input into TERMINAL SPD of the engine control
module via the combination meter, from TERMINAL SP1 of the skid control ECU.
(7) Battery signal circuit
Voltage is constantly applied to TERMINAL BATT of the engine control module. When the ignition SW is turned on, the
voltage for engine control module start up power supply is applied through the EFI relay, to TERMINALS +B and +B2 of
the engine control module. The current from the IGN fuse flows to TERMINAL IGSW of the engine control module, and
voltage is constantly applied to TERMINAL +BM.
(8) Intake air volume signal circuit
The intake air volume is detected by the mass air flow meter, and is input as a control signal to TERMINAL VG of the
engine control module.
(9) Stop light SW signal circuit
The stop light SW is used to detect whether the vehicle is braking or not, and the signal is input into TERMINAL STP of
the engine control module as a control signal.
(10) Starter signal circuit
To confirm whether the engine is cranking, the voltage applied to the starter motor when the engine is cranking is
detected, and is input into TERMINAL STA of the engine control module as a control signal.
(11) Engine knock signal circuit
Engine knocking is detected by the knock sensors, and is input into TERMINALS KNK1 and KNK2 of the engine control
module as a control signal.
(12) A/C SW signal system
The operating voltage of the A/C magnetic clutch is detected and input in the form of a control signal to TERMINAL A/CS
of the engine control module.
81
2. Control System
∗ SFI system
The SFI system monitors the engine condition through the signals input from each sensors to the engine control module.
The control signal is sent to the engine control module TERMINALS #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7 and #8 to operate the
injector (Fuel injection). The SFI system controls the fuel injection by the engine control module in response to the driving
conditions.
∗ ESA system
The ESA system monitors the engine condition through the signals input from each sensors to the engine control module.
The best ignition timing is decided according to this data and the data memorized in the engine control module. The
control signal is output to TERMINALS IGT1, IGT2, IGT3, IGT4, IGT5, IGT6, IGT7 and IGT8, and these signals control the
igniter to provide the best ignition timing.
∗ Heated oxygen sensor heater control system
The heated oxygen sensor heater control system turns the heater on when the intake air volume is low (Temp. of exhaust
emission is low), and warms up the heated oxygen sensors to improve their detection performance. The engine control
module evaluates the signals from each sensors, and outputs current to TERMINALS HT1A, HT1B, HT2A or HT2B to
control the heater.
∗ Fuel pump control system
The engine control module supplies current to TERMINAL FPR, and controls the operation speed of the fuel pump with
the FUEL PUMP relay.
∗ ACIS
The ACIS includes a valve in the bulkhead separating the surge tank into two parts. This valve is opened and closed in
accordance with the driving conditions to control the intake manifold length in two stages, for increased engine output in all
ranges from low to high speeds.
∗ ETCS–i
The ETCS–i controls the engine output at its optimal level in accordance with the opening of the accelerator pedal, under
all driving conditions.
∗ Engine start control system
The engine control module allows power to be supplied from the TERMINAL STAR to the STA relay via park/neutral
position SW until complete combustion is confirmed by engine RPM after the detection of ignition SW ST signal by the
TERMINAL STSW.
With this arrangement, engine can be started without holding the ignition key in the ST position. At the same time, the
TERMINAL ACCR is controlled so that the engine control module turns off ACC CUT relay, shutting off power to the
accessories.
3. Diagnosis System
When there is a malfunction in the engine control module signal system, the malfunctioning system is recorded in the
memory. The malfunctioning system can be found by reading the code displayed on the malfunction indicator lamp.
4. Fail–Safe System
When a malfunction has occurred in any system, there is a possibility of causing engine trouble due to continued control
based on that system. In that case, the fail–safe system either controls the system using the data (Standard values)
recorded in the engine control module memory, or else stops the engine.
82
Service Hints
EFI Relay
5–3 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON position
E2 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor
1–2 : Approx. 15.0 kΩ (–20°C, –4°F)
: Approx. 2.45 kΩ (20°C, 68°F)
: Approx. 0.32 kΩ (80°C, 176°F)
: Approx. 0.14 kΩ (110°C, 230°F)
BATT–E1 : Always 9.0–14.0 volts
+BM–E1 : Always 9.0–14.0 volts
IGSW–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
+B, +B2–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
VC–E1 : 4.5–5.5 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
VTA2–E1 : 2.0–2.9 volts with the ignition SW on and throttle valve fully closed
: 4.7–5.1 volts with the ignition SW on and throttle valve fully open
VTA1–E1 : 0.4–1.0 volts with the ignition SW on and throttle valve fully closed
VPA–E1 : 0.3–0.9 volts with the ignition SW on and throttle valve fully closed
VPA2–E1 : 1.8–2.7 volts with the ignition SW on and throttle valve fully closed
THA–E1 : 0.5–3.4 volts with the idling, intake air temp. 0°C (32°F) –80°C (176°F)
THW–E1 : 0.2–1.0 volts with the idling, engine coolant temp. 60°C (140°F) –120°C (248°F)
STA–E1 : 6.0 volts or more with the engine cranking
W–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts with the idling and malfunction indicator lamp off
SPD–E1 : Pulse generation with the vehicle moving
STP–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts with the brake pedal depressed
: Parts Location
A16 A 36 I2 33 (2UZ–FE) J28 38
A17 B 36 I3 33 (2UZ–FE) J29 A 38
A24 36 I4 33 (2UZ–FE) J30 B 38
A32 36 I5 33 (2UZ–FE) J31 A 38
B4 36 I6 33 (2UZ–FE) J32 B 38
C1 32 (2UZ–FE) I7 33 (2UZ–FE) J33 A 38
C4 32 (2UZ–FE) I8 33 (2UZ–FE) J34 B 38
C8 A 37 I9 33 (2UZ–FE) J35 A 38
C9 B 37 I10 33 (2UZ–FE) J36 B 38
C10 C 37 I11 33 (2UZ–FE) J37 38
D1 37 I12 33 (2UZ–FE) J40 A 40
E2 32 (2UZ–FE) I13 33 (2UZ–FE) J41 B 40
E4 A 37 I14 33 (2UZ–FE) K1 33 (2UZ–FE)
E5 B 37 I15 33 (2UZ–FE) K2 33 (2UZ–FE)
E6 C 37 I16 33 (2UZ–FE) M1 33 (2UZ–FE)
E7 D 37 I18 37 P1 33 (2UZ–FE)
E8 E 37 J2 33 (2UZ–FE) S8 B 39
F8 32 (2UZ–FE) J4 38 S9 C 39
F9 37 J5 38 S12 39
F14 40 J7 38 T2 33 (2UZ–FE)
H5 32 (2UZ–FE) J8 A 38 T8 39
H6 32 (2UZ–FE) J9 B 38 V2 33 (2UZ–FE)
H7 32 (2UZ–FE) J18 38 V8 41
H8 32 (2UZ–FE) J22 38 V10 41
I1 33 (2UZ–FE) J26 38
83
: Relay Blocks

1D
1E
1G
( Finish Panel))
1K
3A
3C
3D
3E

EA1 44 (2UZ–FE) Engine No.2 Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room R/B)
EB1 44 (2UZ–FE) Engine No.2 Wire and Engine Wire (Near the Starter)
IB1
48 Floor No
No.2
IB2
IC3
IC4
II1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Brace LH)
IM1
IM2
: Ground Points

: Splice Points
E3 44 (2UZ–FE) Engine Wire I2 50 Engine Room Main Wire
E4 44 (2UZ–FE) Engine No.2 Wire I8
50 Engine Wire
E6 44 (2UZ–FE) I9
Engine Room Main Wire
I1 50
84
Memo
85
Engine Immobiliser System
10A 10A D1
IGN ECU–B Data Link
SIL Connector 3
7
2
R–Y
11 1J 2
G
W–R J18
Junction
B–O
Connector
4 1B G
R–Y
B
J8
Junction A 3A
Connector 4 1L
B I17
Transponder Key Amplifier
W–R
A 3A
B–O
B 3E
VC5 CODE TXCT GND
R–Y
1 4 5 7
B F
J31 J35
Junction B 3E Junction
GR–B
LG–R
P–G
Connector Connector
L
B F
W–R
B–O
R–Y
2 1 9 8 11 12 13
IG +B D VC5 CODE TXCT AGND T8
Transponder Key
Computer
EFIO EFII GND IND KSW CTY

6 7 14 3 10 4
W–R
W–B
V–W
G–Y
R–B
L–R
J14(A), J15(B)
5 B A F
D3 J18
Connector
LP Security Junction
Junction
Indicator Connector
GND Light
F
7 C B
27 26 B
J33
W–B
G–Y
R–B
IMI IMO Junction

Connector
B
2 1
B 3F K3
Unlock D12
E7 Door Courtesy SW
Warning SW
Engine Control Front LH
Module
1
B 3F B 3F
W–B
Connector
W–B
W–B
W–B
A B
Junction
J15(B)
A B
W–B
Connector
A A A
Junction
A J24 J5
Junction Junction
J37
Connector Connector
IK II IG
96
Service Hints
T8 Transponder Key Computer
: Parts Location
D1 37 J8 38 J33 38
D3 37 J14 A 38 J35 38
D12 40 J15 B 38 J37 38
E7 37 J18 38 K3 39
I17 37 J24 38 T8 39
J5 38 J31 38
: Relay Blocks

1B 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1J
1L
3A
3E 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B ((Instrument Panel Brace RH))
3F
: Ground Points

97
Active Height Control Suspension and Electric Modulated Air Suspension
1
D1
50A 10A
AIR SUS ECU–IG
TC TS SIL
2
13 14 7
2 12 1E
R–B
R–Y
P–L
B–R
Connector
BR–Y
BR–Y
H A C A G A
L–Y
Junction
J18(A)
Connector
L–Y B H A C A G A
Junction
J1
R–B
R–Y
4 4 2
P–L
B
1 5 1
5 IB2 5 IC2 6 IC2 7 IC2
AIR SUS 10A
Relay AIRSUS
NO. 2
BR–Y
B–R
R–B
R–Y
P–L
2 3
2
4 4
2
18 A 10 C 6 C 5 C 20 C
L–B
RC IG TC TS SIL
S13(A), S14(B), S15(C)
1 IB1 B RM+ RM– SLLO

6 B 25 A 26 A 7 A
P–G
O
GR
W–B
L–B
20 BC2 21 BC2 12 BC2

P–G
O
B
A 3 4 2
Height Control
Low Pressure
Connector
Junction
Tank Valve
J 2(A)
B
Motor
A
H14
L1
1 2 1
W–B
W–B
L–B
1 BC1
W–B
L–B
W–B
W–B
EB
266
Electric Modulated Air Suspension
H15 H16 10A

STOP
Height Control Sensor Rear LH Height Control Sensor Rear RH
SHB SHRL SHG SHB SHRR SHG 2

1 2 3 1 2 3
G–W
BR–W
GR–G
2
R–W
G–R
GR
W
S12
Stop Light
SW
22 BC2 17 BC2 11 BC2 9 BC2 18 BC2 19 BC2 1
G–Y
E
J4
Junction
BR–W
GR–G
R–W
G–R
GR
Connector
W
G–Y
22 A 23 A 21 A 20 A 24 A 19 A 12 B
SBL2 SHRL SGL2 SBR2 SHRR SGR2 STP
S13(A), S14(B), S15(C)
SLRL SLRR SLEX UPSW DNSW TD MOD2 GND MOD1 GND2

1 A 2 A 8 A 16 B 15 B 24 B 11 C 1 C 12 C 5 B
V–W
L–W
LG
G
V
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
14 BC2 13 BC2 15 BC2 13 IC2 12 IC2 14 IC2
V–W
L–W
LG
G
V
1 3 1 3 5 3 A B A B A B
Height Control
Height Control
Compressor
+ HSW LOSW
J 2(A), J 3(B)
CONTROL OFF
Absorber Control SW
Height Control
Connector
Valve
Junction
H17
H13
GND
HEIGHT
2 2 A A A A
H12
SW
E
6
A23
4
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B5
W–B A
A J24
W–B
Junction
Connector
BN II EB
267
Active Height Control Suspension and
S8 B5
Skid Control ECU Body ECU
FLO FRO ACTY DCTY PCTY RLCY RRCY

25 24 20 23 24 11 12
R–B
R–G
L–O
P–B
L–R
P–L
H B
J18(A), J19(B)
Connector
R–Y
Junction
16 IC2 17 IC2 15 IC2 A11 IE1 8 IO1
F A
P–B
P–L
R–B
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
1 1 1 1
R–G
L–O
L–R
Front RH
Front LH
Rear RH
Rear LH
D12
D13
D14
D15
8 C 9 C 4 C
FLO FRO DOOR
S13(A), S14(B), S15(C)

TACH VN LO NR HI
13 B 15 C 18 C 17 C 16 C
BR–B
B–W
Y–G
Y–B
8 IC2 4 IC2 3 IC2 2 IC2 1 IC2

BR–B
B–W
Y–G
Y–B
Y
Engine Control
Module
TACH
E8
5
B–W
F B
J31(A), J32(B)
Connector
Junction
G A
B–W
Y
C A C A
Y–B
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Connector
BR–B
Junction
C B Y–G
B–W
268
7. 5A 10A
GAUGE DOME
R
2
4 1G H A 2
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
F B
R
R–L
R
C2 IC4
R
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C)
15 C Combination Meter 16 C
R
Connector
Tachometer
Junction
J7
D
R
OFF
LO
N
HI
Height Control
2 A 3 A 4 A 5 A 6 B 13 C
BR–B
B–W
Y–G
Y–B
BR
Y
7 IM1
Y–B
BR
BR–B
Y–G
B–W
EF
269
Active Height Control Suspension and
System Outline
∗ The electric modulated suspension with height control, is a system designed to maintain a constant ride height by means
of an electro–pneumatic system in the rear suspension – to cope with change in load due to possible change in the
number of people and/or the weight of cargo the vehicle has to carry. With three driver’s–choice height–control switches
on the console, the driver can set ride height to any one of the three different ride height modes (High, normal and low):
”High mode” for rough terrain and ”Low mode” for passenger to get on or get off, and for cargo to be loaded or unloaded.
∗ This system has five basic controls as shown below:
∗ Auto leveling control
This control maintains a constant rear vehicle ride height regardless of change in load due to possible change in the
number of passengers and/or the weight of cargo the vehicle has to carry.
∗ Ride height switchover control
This control switches over height mode to the mode selected by the height control switch.
∗ High mode (+ 40 mm / 1.6 in.)
∗ Low mode ( – 20 mm / 0.8 in.)
∗ Speed sensing control
Regardless of the initial height mode setting, ”High mode” or ”Low mode,” this control automatically switches over vehicle
height mode to the optimum ”Normal mode”:
∗ When the vehicle speed reaches or exceeds 30 km/h with height mode set to ”High mode,” or;
∗ When the vehicle speed reaches or exceeds 5 km/h with height mode set to ”Low mode.”
∗ Subsequent control after ignition switch off
After the ignition switch is turned OFF, this control lowers the rear vehicle ride height to offset rear vehicle ride height
elevation due to passengers getting off, etc.
∗ Height control OFF control
Pressing the absorber control switch turns the system OFF, making it possible for the vehicle to be jacked up or towed.
: Parts Location
A23 36 H13 40 J18 A 38
B5 36 H14 40 J19 B 38
C8 A 37 H15 40 J24 38
C9 B 37 H16 40 J31 A 38
C10 C 37 H17 40 J32 B 38
D1 37 J1 33 (2UZ–FE) L1 40
D12 40 J2 A 33 (2UZ–FE) S8 39
D13 40 J3 B 33 (2UZ–FE) S12 39
D14 40 J4 38 S13 A 39
D15 40 J7 38 S14 B 39
E8 37 J8 A 38 S15 C 39
H12 37 J9 B 38
: Relay Blocks

4 23 Engine Room R/B No.4 (Engine Compartment Left)
1G 25 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
270
IB1
48 Floor No
No.2
IB2
IC2
IC4
BC1
54 Frame Wire and Floor No.2
No 2 Wire (Under the Rear LH Seat)
BC2
: Ground Points

BN 54 Near the No.5 Crossmember of Side Frame LH
: Splice Points
B5 54 Frame Wire
271
Front Fog Light
R–L
R
R–B
R
G–R
B 6(C) 1
Body ECU 1 C
HEAD 10A
G–R
R
HEAD
(HI LH)
HRLY HF2
2
17 20 C 2 IC3 1 IH1
2 W–B
R–L
W–B
G–R
R
8 1B
C12
Combination SW 10 13 16
OFF
W
Control SW
Tail
Light
Head
A1 IC4
Auto
Low
Dimmer SW
R–B
W
High
Flash
OFF
Light
Fog
SW
ON
2 2
11 17
2 3
HEAD
Relay
L
1 5
2
B
Battery
132
15A
FR FOG
R–L 2
LG
G–R
2 2
2 5
FR FOG
W–B Relay
1 3
2 2
G
I3
W–B
G
Front Fog Light RH
Front Fog Light LH
2 2
F1
F2
1 1
Connector
A
Junction
J15
A
W–B
W–B
W–B
E1
W–B
A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG EA
133
Front Fog Light
Service Hints
FR FOG Relay
3–5 : Closed with light control SW at HEAD position, dimmer SW at LOW position and fog light SW at ON position
: Parts Location
B6 C 36 F1 34 (1GR–FE) J5 38
C12 37 32 (2UZ–FE) J15 38
F2
F1 32 (2UZ–FE) 34 (1GR–FE)
: Relay Blocks


IC3
IC4
: Ground Points

44 (2UZ–FE)
EA Front Right Fender
46 (1GR–FE)
: Splice Points
44 (2UZ–FE) I3 50 Engine Room Main Wire
E1 Engine Room Main Wire
46 (1GR–FE)
134
Memo
135
Front Wiper and Washer
30A
FR WIP–WSH
C14
Combination SW 9 1J 22 1E
Wiper Relay
INT TIME
Washer
OFF
INT
L
LO
HI
6
11 L–Y L–Y 2 1 L
IN1 M I3
W2
Washer Motor
2 W–B
L
L
C8
16 L–W L–W
IC4
C6
7 L–B L–B
IC4
L–W
8 L–R
C9
L–R L
IC4
17 L
4 1 2 3
Front Wiper and Washer SW

W–B
M
Connector
A
Junction
J15
A
F7 5
Front Wiper Motor
W–B
W–B
A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG EB
180
System Outline
With the ignition SW turned on, the current flows to TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW, TERMINAL 1 of the washer
motor and TERMINAL 2 of the front wiper motor through the FR WIP–WSH fuse.
1. Low Speed Position
With the wiper and washer SW turned to LO position, the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW to
TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 1 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 5 to GROUND and causes the front wiper motor to run
at low speed.
2. High Speed Position
With the wiper and washer SW turned to HI position, the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW to
TERMINAL 8 to TERMINAL 4 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 5 to GROUND and causes the front wiper motor to run
at high speed.
3. INT Position
With the wiper and washer SW turned to INT position, the wiper relay operates and current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the
wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND. This activates the intermittent circuit and the current flows from
TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 1 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 5 to
GROUND and the wiper operates. Intermittent operation is controlled by a condenser charge and discharge function in the
relay.
4. Washer Interlocking Operation
With the wiper and washer SW pulled to washer position (Washer SW ON position), the current flows from the FR WIP–WSH
fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the washer motor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 11 of the wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 2 to
GROUND and causes the washer motor to run and the window washer to spray. Simultaneously, current flows from the FR
WIP–WSH fuse to TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 1 of the front wiper motor to
TERMINAL 5 to GROUND, causing the wiper to function.
Service Hints
C14 Combination SW
7–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the wiper and washer SW at LO position
Approx. 12 volts every approx. 1 to 10 seconds intermittently with the ignition SW on
and the wiper and washer SW at INT position
16–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and unless the front wiper motor at STOP position
8–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the wiper and washer SW at HI position
F7 Front Wiper Motor
2–3 : Closed unless the front wiper motor at STOP position
: Parts Location
C14 37 J5 38 W2 35 (1GR–FE)
32 (2UZ–FE) J15 38
F7
34 (1GR–FE) W2 33 (2UZ–FE)

181
Front Wiper and Washer
: Ground Points

44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
: Splice Points
I3 50 Engine Room Main Wire
182
Memo
183
Garage Door Opener
10A
DOME
R
R
2 2
5 2
DOME
Relay
3 1
2 2
R–W
6 1E
1 IC3
R
4 1A
3
R
LMRY
5
B B4
Body ECU
Personal Light
E
P7
1
W–B
12 1A
2 1H
W–B
A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG
178
Service Hints
P7 Personal Light
: Parts Location
B4 36 J5 38 P7 41
: Relay Blocks


: Ground Points

179
Headlight

B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
1
10A 7. 5A 10A SIG ACC BECU HRLY HF2

ECU–B ACC ECU–IG
10 22 11 17 20 C
R–B
2
2 R–B
4 1B 8 1B
W–R
W
A1 IC4
* 1 : w/ Daytime Running Light
R–B
R–B
W
2 2
2 3
HEAD
Relay
1 5
2
B
Battery
126
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
PKB L
2 B 14 A
R–B
GR
R–B
LG
R–B
J18(A), J19(B)
2 2 E B
Connector
17 1J
Junction
1 1 1 1 A A
1 1E
10A 10A 10A 10A
HEAD HEAD HEAD HEAD
GR
(LO LH) (LO RH) (HI LH) (HI RH)
LG
2 2 2 2
D6 IC4
Parking Brake SW
2 2 2 2 1
GR
P4
R–Y
R–B
R–L
R–W
5 EA1 (2UZ–FE)
3 EA1 (1GR–FE)
Headlight RH
Headlight RH
2 2 2 2
Headlight LH
Headlight LH
R–W
GR
(High)
(High)
(Low)
(Low)
H2
H4
H1
H3
1 1 1 1
4
W–B
W–B
R–G
R–G
G2
A4 IC4 A5 IC4 10 IN1 Generator
R–W
R–G
R–G
14
Beam
Combination Meter
C8
13
R–G
R–G
R–G
W–B W–B(* 1)
E7
(* 1)
W–B W–B(* 1)
E1
(* 1)
W–B
W–B
EA EB
127
Headlight
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

Body ECU
HEAD HF GND1 GND2

1 C 7 C 4 16
R–W
R
1 IH1 9 IH1 2 1H
I5
R–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
R
(* 1)
C12
Combination SW 13 16 8 2
W–B
OFF
Connector
A
Junction
Control SW
Tail
J15
Light
Head A
Auto W–B
Low
Dimmer SW
High
Flash
LH
Turn
RH
7 1 3
R–G
G–B
G–Y
(* 1)
(* 1)
J12(A), J13(B)
Junction Connector B B
C A C A C A
R–G
R–G
R–G
J10(A), J11(B)
B A
Connector
Junction
R–G B B
R–G G–Y(* 1)
R–G G–B(* 1)
W–B(*1) W–B(* 1)
W–B(*1) W–B(* 1)
J5
Junction
A Connector
A A W–B W–B
(* 1) (* 1)
IG
128
IG1
15A
(* 1)
W–B
G–B(* 1)
G–Y(* 1)
W–B(*1)
W–B(*1)
Y–R Y–R
A
A
8 1J
(* 1) (*1)
J7
D2
Junction
Daytime Running
Connector
(See Page 58)
15A
Light Relay
J20(A), J21(B) Turn Signal
Junction Flasher Relay
TRN–HAZ
Connector
1
6
2
1
Y–R Y–R B–Y B–Y From Power Source System
H A
F B
B
IG
A2 IC4
(* 1) (*1) (* 1) (*1)
J22(A), J23(B)
Junction
Connector
9
12
W–B W–B LG–R
E A
D B
E
7 A
DRL
DRL
(*1) (*1)
Body ECU
(* 1)
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
3
8
G–Y G–Y
IH1
TSR
(*1) (*1)
7
G–B G–B
2 IH1
TSL
(*1) (*1)
F5
Front Turn Signal
Light LH
2
3
4
W–B R–B R–B

A3 IC4
TFL
(* 1) (*1) (*1)
F6
Front Turn Signal
Light RH
2
3
2
10
8
W–B R–Y R–Y W

14 1J
1 IN1
TFR
HAZ
HAZ
(* 1) (*1) (*1) (*1)

J37
Junction
Connector
3
2
W–B W–B W
IK
15 1J
B 3F
B 3F
(* 1) (* 1) (*1)
H11
Hazard SW
J24
Junction
Connector
W–B
II
B 3F
(* 1)
129
Headlight
System Outline
(w/ daytime running light)
∗ This system is designed to automatically activate the turn signal lights during the daytime to keep the car highly visible to
other vehicles. This system is controlled by the body ECU.
This system makes use of the turn signal lights as daytime running lights.
For this reason, when the turn signal lights are operated, the daytime running lights function is interrupted momentarily,
which, however, will be brought back into operation as soon as the interposed operation is over.
∗ This system is enabled when the conditions given below are met.
A) Ignition switch ON condition
B) Turn signal light switch OFF condition
C) Hazard light switch OFF condition
D) Light control switch OFF condition
E) Parking brake switch OFF condition (Parking brake out of operating condition)**
**: This system does not become active when the parking brake switch is ON. However, once the OFF signal of the
parking brake switch is input into the body ECU, this system will become active thereafter, regardless of whether the
parking brake switch is ON or OFF.
: Parts Location
B4 A 36 H1 34 (1GR–FE) J13 B 38
B5 B 36 32 (2UZ–FE) J15 38
H2
B6 C 36 34 (1GR–FE) J18 A 38
C8 37 32 (2UZ–FE) J19 B 38
H3
C12 37 34 (1GR–FE) J20 A 38
D2 37 32 (2UZ–FE) J21 B 38
H4
32 (2UZ–FE) 34 (1GR–FE) J22 A 38
F5
34 (1GR–FE) H11 37 J23 B 38
32 (2UZ–FE) J5 38 J24 38
F6
34 (1GR–FE) J7 38 J37 38
32 (2UZ–FE) J10 A 38 P4 39
G2
34 (1GR–FE) J11 B 38
H1 32 (2UZ–FE) J12 A 38
: Relay Blocks

1B
1E
1H
1J

44 (2UZ–FE)
EA1 Engine No
No.2
46 (1GR–FE)
130
: Ground Points

44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
: Splice Points
44 (2UZ–FE) E7 46 (1GR–FE) Engine Room Main Wire
E1
46 (1GR–FE) Engine
g Room Main Wire I5 50 Instrument Panel Wire
E7 44 (2UZ–FE)
131
Horn
10A
HORN
W–G
10 1E
1 5
HORN
Relay
2 3
13 1K 1 1D
G–R
GR–B
J14(A), J15(B)
C A GR–B
Connector
Junction
1 1
B B
H9 H10
Horn (High) Horn (Low)
G–R
6
Horn SW
C13
Combination SW
298
Service Hints
HORN Relay
5–3 : Closed with the horn SW on
: Parts Location
C13 37 32 (2UZ–FE) J15 B 38
H10
32 (2UZ–FE) 34 (1GR–FE)
H9
34 (1GR–FE) J14 A 38
: Relay Blocks

1D
1E
1K 25 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
299
Ignition (1GR–FE)
7 AM2 IG2 6 B–R
ST2
I18 6 1D
Ignition SW
R
4 1H
B–R
13 IM1
B–R
B–R B–R B–R

E5 E5 E5
W–B W–B W–B

E12 E12 E12
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
R
1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4
Ignition Coil and
Ignition Coil and
Ignition Coil and
Ignition Coil and

Igniter No. 1
Igniter No. 2
Igniter No. 3
Igniter No. 4
I1
I2
I3
I4
2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2
2
LG–B
W–R
W–R
W–R
W–R
Y–R
P–L
LG
30A
AM2
W–R W–R W–R W–R
E9 E9 E9 E9
1
2
LG–B
W–R
Y–R
P–L
LG
B
8 24 9 10 11
IGT1 IGF IGT2 IGT3 IGT4
Battery
E4
68
I5
B–R
W–B
W–R
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 5
12
3
1
GR GR B–R
E5
IGT5
E4
2
4
W–R W–B
E9
E12

I6
B–R
W–B
W–R
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 6
3
1
13
L L B–R
E5
IGT6
2
4
W–R W–B
E12
W–B W–B
N1
Noise Filter
(Ignition No. 1)
1
2
W–B W–B B–R
EF
E12

69
Ignition (1GR–FE)
Service Hints
I18 Ignition SW
7–6 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON or ST position
: Parts Location
E4 37 I3 35 (1GR–FE) I6 35 (1GR–FE)
I1 35 (1GR–FE) I4 35 (1GR–FE) I18 37
I2 35 (1GR–FE) I5 35 (1GR–FE) N1 35 (1GR–FE)
: Relay Blocks

1D 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: Ground Points

: Splice Points
E5 E12 46 (1GR–FE) Engine Wire
46 (1GR–FE)
(1GR FE) Engine Wire
E9
70
Memo
71
Ignition (2UZ–FE)
7 AM2 IG2 6 B–R
ST2
I18
Ignition SW 4 EA1
R
B–R
6 EB1
B–R
B–R B–R B–R

E2 E2
B–R B–R B–R B–R

E5 E5
W–B W–B W–B

E3 E3 E3
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
R
1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4
Ignition Coil and
Ignition Coil and
Ignition Coil and
Ignition Coil and

Igniter No. 1
Igniter No. 2
Igniter No. 3
Igniter No. 4
I1
I2
I3
I4
2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2
2
LG–B
R–W
R–W
L–W
R–Y
R–Y
L–Y
LG
30A
AM2
R–Y R–Y R–Y R–Y
E3 E3
1
R–W R–W R–W

E3 E3
2
LG–B
R–W
L–W
R–Y
L–Y
LG
B
9 24 8 23 25 11
IGT1 IGF1 IGT2 IGF2 IGT3 IGT4
Battery
E4
64
I5
R–Y
B–R
B–R
W–B
R–W
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 5
12
3
1
B–L B–L B–R
E5
IGT5
2
4
R–W W–B
E3
E3
I6
R–Y
B–R
B–R
W–B
R–W
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 6
3
1
26
G G B–R
E4
E2
IGT6
2
4
R–Y W–B
E3
E3

I7
B–R
R–Y
W–B
R–W
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 7
13
3
1
G–W G–W B–R
E5
IGT7
2
4
R–Y W–B
E3

I8
B–R
W–B
Ignition Coil and
Igniter No. 8
10
3
1
G–B G–B B–R
E2
IGT8
2
4
R–W W–B
E3
W–B W–B
B–R
EE
N1
Noise Filter
(Ignition No. 1)
1
2
BR B–R
ED
N2
Noise Filter
(Ignition No. 2)
1
2
BR B–R
EC
65
Ignition (2UZ–FE)
Service Hints
I18 Ignition SW
7–6 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON or ST position
: Parts Location
E4 37 I4 33 (2UZ–FE) I8 33 (2UZ–FE)
I1 33 (2UZ–FE) I5 33 (2UZ–FE) I18 37
I2 33 (2UZ–FE) I6 33 (2UZ–FE) N1 33 (2UZ–FE)
I3 33 (2UZ–FE) I7 33 (2UZ–FE) N2 33 (2UZ–FE)
: Relay Blocks


EA1 44 (2UZ–FE) Engine No.2 Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room R/B)
EB1 44 (2UZ–FE) Engine No.2 Wire and Engine Wire (Near the Starter)
: Ground Points

EC 44 (2UZ–FE) Right Bank Cylinder Head
ED 44 (2UZ–FE) Left Bank Cylinder Head
: Splice Points
E2 E5 44 (2UZ–FE) Engine Wire
44 (2UZ–FE)
(2UZ FE) Engine Wire
E3
66
Memo
67
Interior Light

B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
7. 5A ACC GND2 GND1 ILE

ACC
22 16 4 13
2 1H 7 1A 8 1A 12 1A 18 1A
W–B
W–B
(* 1)
W
W
B3
B3 W
(* 1)
1 2 2
W
Vanity Light RH
Vanity Light LH
Personal Light
3 2 3 2
DOOR
DOOR
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Luggage Compartment
B
P7
V6
V7
Interior Light
5 1 1
W
I20
(* 1) (* 1)
1
W
R
Light
L2
1
4 1A 19 1A
W
B3
9 1A 6 1E 22 1J
R
W
R–W
A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG
150
* 1 : w/ Vanity Light
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C) * 2 : Limited
Body ECU
PCYL RCYL LP DCYL LCYL

25 A 22 B 6 B 26 A 21 B
W–R
(*2)
J20(A), J21(B)
Junction
C B Connector
W–G
P–G
L–R
Y
9 1K
C A C A
W–R
W–R
R–G
(* 2)
(* 2)
9 IP1 8 BB1 10 IO1 D4 IE1 9 IA1 8 BA1
W–R
W–R
Y–G
P–G
L–R
(*2)
(*2)
Y
Cylinder Light
Door Courtesy Light
Door Courtesy Light
Door Courtesy Light
Door Courtesy Light

6
Ignition Key
Foot Light RH
Foot Light LH
1 1 1 1 1 1
I17
Front RH
Rear RH
Front LH
2
Rear LH
D11
D10
F13
F12
D9
D8
2 2 2 2 2 2
R
(* 2)
(* 2)
R
R
J35
C B Junction Connector
J12(A), J13(B)
1 IP2 9 BB1 9 IO1 D3 IE1 13 IA1 9 BA1

Connector
Junction
B A B A H H H H
R(* 2)
R
(* 2)
R
R
R
R
R
R(*2)
E E E E
E J6
R Junction Connector
R–W R–W
151
Interior Light
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

Body ECU
RDA PRG LMRY DCTY PCTY

4 B 3 B 3 A 23 B 24 B
R–B
R–Y
D D J7 D
Junction Connector
G–O
L–R
R
From Power Source System
J18(A), J19(B)
(See Page 58)
H B
Connector
A12 IE1 A13 IE1 A15 IE1 C2 IC4 1 IC3
Junction
1
G–O
L–R
F A
R
R
10A
DOME
2 3 5
RDA PRG +B 2
R–B
2
E
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
1 D7 R
Door Control R 1 1
Receiver
Front RH
Front LH
2 2
D12
D13
W–B
5 2
A A A A A A DOME
J40(A), J41(B)
Relay
Connector
Junction
3 1
A B
2 2
R
R–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–W
W–B
W–B
BO BL
152
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
RLCY RRCY DRLP DCY2 SIG

11 B 12 B 12 C 11 C 10
From Power Source System From Power Source System
(See Page 58) (See Page 58)
W–L
P–B
V–Y
P–L
7. 5A 10A
GAUGE ECU–IG
17 A 8 C
A11 IE1 8 IO1

4 1G
8 1F
R–L
B–R
Door
P–B
P–L
Combination Meter
C 8(A), C10(C)
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
1 1
Rear RH
Rear LH
D14
D15
15 C 16 C 13 C
BR
R
R–L
7 IM1
BR
J 8(A), J 9(B)
F B
Connector
Junction
H A
R
R B–R
W–B W–B
BR
EF
153
Interior Light
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C) B 8(A), B 9(B)

BECU MPX2 MPX2 BECU SIG GND FULL LSE

11 23 A 1 A 5 A 6 A 3 A 7 B 21 B
(See Page 58)
BR–R
W–B
L–R
4 1B 12 1F
B
10A
ECU–B
G–Y
B–R
2 A14 IE1 9 BD1 7 BD1 5 BD1 10 BD1
W–R
W–R
W–R
W–B
B–R
6 3
BR–R
B7
B–R
W–B
154
System Outline
The interior light is controlled by the body ECU. This system has following features.
1. Normal Operation
∗ When one of the doors opened, the interior light, luggage compartment light and open door warning light is turned on.
When the all doors are closed, the interior light, luggage compartment light and open door warning light is turned off.
2. Illuminated Entry System
∗ When a door is unlocked through a key operation or transmitter operation, or if a door is opened or closed, the illuminated
entry system turns ON the interior light and the ignition key illumination.
∗ If the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or ON position or if all doors are locked during the 15 seconds in which these
lights are ON, they will immediately turn OFF.
: Parts Location
B4 A 36 D12 40 J12 A 38
B5 B 36 D13 40 J13 B 38
B6 C 36 D14 40 J18 A 38
B7 40 D15 40 J19 B 38
B8 A 40 F12 40 J20 A 38
B9 B 40 F13 40 J21 B 38
C8 A 37 I17 37 J35 38
C10 C 37 I20 40 J40 A 40
D7 40 J5 38 J41 B 40
D8 40 J6 38 L2 40
D9 40 J7 38 P7 41
D10 40 J8 A 38 V6 41
D11 40 J9 B 38 V7 41
: Relay Blocks

1B
1E
1G
1H
1J
1K
155
Interior Light
IA1 48 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IC3
IC4
IP1
IP2
: Ground Points

44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
: Splice Points
B3 54 Roof Wire
156
Memo
157
Key Reminder
1 1
10A 10A 7. 5A 7. 5A 10A

ECU–B ECU–IG ACC GAUGE DOME
2 2
2 4 1G 2
W–R
R–L
4 1B
R
11 10 22
BECU SIG ACC
B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
DCTY KSW GND2 GND1 DCY2 KSWO C2 IC4

23 B 14 C 16 4 11 C 15 C
G–Y
R–B
W–L
V–G
R
H B A B
J18(A), J19(B)
2 1H
Connector
Junction
W–B
8 C 19 B
F A E A
Buzzer
R–B
G–Y
Combination Meter
C 9(B), C10(C)
D
J7
Door Courtesy SW
Junction
1 B A Connector
J14(A), J15(B)
D
Connector
13 C 16 C 15 C
Front LH
Junction
D12
C B
R–L
BR
R
G–Y
Unlock Warning SW
2 F B
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Connector
Junction
7 IM1
K3
H A
1
R
W–B
BR
A B
Connector
Junction
W–B
J15(B)
A B
A
W–B A J5
Junction
Connector
IG EF
172
System Outline
Key Reminder System
With the ignition key inserted in the key cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), the ignition SW still off and driver’s door open
(Door courtesy SW on), when a signal is input to TERMINAL (B) 23 of the body ECU, the body ECU operates, current flows
from TERMINAL (C) 15 of the ECU to TERMINAL (B) 19 of the combination meter to GROUND and key reminder buzzer
sounds.
Service Hints
Body ECU
D12 Door Courtesy SW Front LH
1–Ground : Continuity with the driver door open
K3 Unlock Warning SW
1–2 : Continuity with the ignition key in cylinder
: Parts Location
B5 B 36 J5 38 J15 B 38
B6 C 36 J7 38 J18 A 38
C9 B 37 J8 A 38 J19 B 38
C10 C 37 J9 B 38 K3 39
D12 40 J14 A 38
: Relay Blocks

1G
1H

: Ground Points

44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
173
Light Auto Turn Off
50A 7. 5A
J/B ACC
2
L–W
1 1C
5 1
TAIL
Relay
3 2
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

18 22 Body ECU
TRLY ACC
HRLY GND1 GND2 HEAD TAIL A DCTY PCTY RLCY RRCY

17 4 16 1 C 8 C 3 C 23 B 24 B 11 B 12 B
G–O
G
R
R–B
P–B
P–L
8 1B 2 1H 1 IH1 8 IH1 10 IH1
G–O
G
J18(A), J19(B)
R
H B
Connector
Junction
R–Y
A11 IE1 8 IO1

13 14 12
W
F A
OFF
Control SW
R–B
Tail
Light
Head
R–B
P–B
P–L
2 2
Auto
2 3
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
C12 16
Combination SW 1 1 1 1
HEAD
W–B
W–B
Relay
Front RH
Front LH
Rear RH
Rear LH
D12
D13
D14
D15
1 5
Connector
A
Junction
J15
2
A
B
W–B
Battery
A A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG
138
1 1
10A 10A 10A

ECU–IG ECU–B DOME
2 2
2 2
R
W–R
W–R
B–R
8 1F 4 1B 12 1F C2 IC4
R
D
J7
Junction
Connector
D
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

10 11 Body ECU
R
SIG BECU
RDA PRG MPX2

4 B 3 B 23 A
BR–R
G–O
L–R
A12 IE1 A13 IE1 A15 IE1 A14 IE1 B7

G–O
L–R
BR–R
2 3 5
W–R
B–R
RDA PRG +B
E
1 D7 5 6 3
Door Control
Receiver
9 BD1 7 BD1 5 BD1
10
W–B
BD1
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–G
G–Y
B–R
L–R
R
A A A A A A
J40(A), J41(B)
Connector
Junction
A B 3 A 1 A 5 A 6 A 6 B 7 B 21 B
GND MPX2 BECU SIG HALF FULL LSE
W–B
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
BO BL
139
Light Auto Turn Off
System Outline
When all doors are closed after opening some or all of them after the Ignition SW is turned from ON to OFF with the head
and tail lamps ON, these lamps will remain ON for 30 seconds after the doors are closed and then go OUT automatically.
Pressing the lock SW on a wireless controller twice in succession turns OFF the lamps instantly.
Service Hints
C12 Combination SW
14–16 : Closed with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position
13–16 : Closed with the light control SW at HEAD position
12–16 : Closed with the light control SW at AUTO position
Body ECU
D12, D13, D14, D15 Door Courtesy SW Front LH, RH, Rear LH, RH
1–Ground : Continuity with the door open
: Parts Location
B4 A 36 D7 40 J15 38
B5 B 36 D12 40 J18 A 38
B6 C 36 D13 40 J19 B 38
B7 40 D14 40 J40 A 40
B8 A 40 D15 40 J41 B 40
B9 B 40 J5 38
C12 37 J7 38
: Relay Blocks

1B
1C

: Ground Points

140
Memo
141
Moon Roof
Body ECU 1
30A 10A
POWER ECU–IG
PWS
21
2
2 1H 13 1A 15 1A 6 1A 1 1A 11 1A 3 1A
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B–R
L–O
L
M5
8 1 4 10 9 Moon Roof Control ECU
E E2 PWS +B IG
M+
M–
CLOSE OPEN SPD

7 6 5
GR
LG
4 3
UP SLIDE
5 1A
P7
Moon Roof
Control SW
1 1G
E
2
W–B V–R
W–B
A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG
282
7. 5A 10A
GAUGE DOME
4 1G 2
R
C2 IC4
R–L
D
J7
Junction
Connector
D
R
H A
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector
F B
R
15 C 16 C
Speedometer
5 B C 9(B), C10(C) 13 C 4 B
Combination Meter
GR–R
BR
V–R
16
7 IM1 SP1
V–R S8
Skid Control ECU
BR
EF
283
Moon Roof
System Outline
Current is always applied from the POWER fuse to TERMINAL 10 of the moon roof control ECU. With the ignition SW turned
on, the current flows to TERMINAL 9 of the moon roof control ECU.
1. Moon Roof Open/Close Operation
For moon roof operation, there are moon roof control switches: ”Slide open/tilt down”; and ”Slide close/tilt up.” When a switch
is pressed and held down for a certain period of time, one touch automatic operation takes place in accordance with the
function of the switch.
2. Key–Off Operation
Roof remains operable – until about 45 seconds elapse after the ignition SW is turned from ON to OFF or until the driver’s
seat door is opened and closed, whichever first occurs.
However, if an overload reverse operation was going on at that time, the key–off operation continues until it comes to an end.
3. Overload Reverse Operation
The moon roof control ECU detects jamming of the moon roof by foreign material, if occurred, from abnormal motor speed
signal and reverses the moon roof operation.
4. Deflector Control Function
When the roof is slid fully open, the moon roof control ECU automatically adjusts the height of deflector in accordance with
the vehicle cruising speed.
∗ When the battery terminal or fuse is disconnected, the roof position has to be reset to its initial position by the moon roof
control SW in accordance with the following procedure:
(1) Reconnect the battery terminal or fuse.
(2) Turn ON the ignition switch.
(3) Operate the moon roof control SW to open the roof halfway or more.
(4) Then operate the moon roof control SW to fully close the roof.
Do not release the switch for at least one second after the roof is fully closed.
Service Hints
M5 Moon Roof Control ECU
: Parts Location
C9 B 37 J7 38 M5 41
C10 C 37 J8 A 38 P7 41
J5 38 J9 B 38 S8 39
: Relay Blocks

1G
1H

284
: Ground Points

44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
285
Multiplex Communication System

B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
1 1
50A 20A 7. 5A 15A

RR WIG ACC BDR1 CLTB CLTE CLTS
J/B DR/LCK ACC
WSH 6 C 21 C 4 C
1 22 12
2 2
2 2
G–W
L–Y
Y
9 1E
L–W
G–W
3 IG1 2 IG1 1 IG1
G–W
L–Y
Y
1 3 4
CLTB CLTE CLTS
A39
Automatic Light
Control Sensor
L–W
100
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
TRLY HRLY HF2

18 17 20 C
3 2 R–B
TAIL Relay
R–B
2 2
5 1
1 1 1 1
1 1C 8 1B
10A 10A 10A 10A
L–W
HEAD HEAD HEAD HEAD

(LO LH) (LO RH) (HI LH) (HI RH)
W
2 2 2 2
A1 IC4 2 2 2 2
R–W
R–Y
R–B
R–L
Headlight LH (High)
Headlight RH (Low)
Headlight LH (Low)
2 2 2
R–W
H2
H4
1 1 H1 1
L–W
W–B
W–B
R–G
R–L
A4 IC4 A5 IC4
R–B
R–B
W
R–W
R–G
2 2
2 3
HEAD
Relay
1 5
R–W
2 R–L
R–G
B
W–B
E7
W–B
Battery
W–B
EB
101
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

Body ECU
HEAD TAIL A HF
1 C 8 C 3 C 7 C
R–W
G–O
G
R
1 IH1 8 IH1 10 IH1 9 IH1
2
R–L
IC3
I5
R–W
W–B
G–O
G–R
G
R
W–B
W–B
C12
Connector
Combination SW 10 13 14 16 12 8 A B
Junction
J15(B)
OFF
Control SW
A B
Tail
Light
R–W Head
Auto
W–B
Low
Dimmer SW
Headlight RH
2
High
(High)
H3
Flash
1
OFF G–R
Light
Fog
SW
R–G
ON
11 17 7
L
R–G
10 IN1
J12(A), J13(B)
Junction Connector B B
C A C A C A
R–G
R–G
R–G
R–G
Junction Connector
B A
J10(A), J11(B)
B B
R–W R–W
R–L R–G
R–G W–B
W–B W–B
W–B W–B
W–B
102
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
PWS GND2 GND1 ILE
From Power Source System (See Page 58) 21 16 4 13
1 1
5 1
POWER Relay
R–L 15A 30A
FR FOG POWER
2 2 3 2
2 1F 25 1J 1 1H 1 1A 2 1H 7 1A 8 1A
R–L
LG
2 2
W
W–B
L–O
L–O
L
2 5
FR FOG B3
Relay
B3
1 3
W
2 2
Moon Roof Control ECU
3 2 3 2
G
Luggage Compartment Light

DOOR
DOOR
PWS
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
G–R Interior Light
M5
I3
I20
1
L2
1
G
G
Front Fog Light RH
Front Fog Light LH
W
J 2(A), J 3(B)
B B 2 2
Connector
Junction
B3
F1
F2
1 1
B A
W
L–O
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
L–O
W–B
R–W R–W
R–G R–G
W–B W–B
W–B W–B W–B

E7
W–B W
W–B
E1
W–B
A
W–B W–B A J5
Junction
Connector
EA IG
103
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

Body ECU
ELS1 BDN BUP COM IDL

15 A 8 B 10 B 19 B 28 A
(2UZ–FE)
L–R
(2UZ–FE)
Y–R
B–Y
4 II1
B–L
G
(2UZ–FE)
L–R
12 1A 18 1A 9 1K
12 6 3 1
W–B
R–G
(*1)
Illumination Lights
ELS DOWN UP E
W
Cylinder Light
Ignition Key
6 E8
Engine Control B1
Module
I17
Back Door Power

W Window Control SW
2
(*1)
1 2 2
E
J35
B A B A Junction Connector
Vanity Light RH
Vanity Light LH
J12(A), J13(B)
Personal Light
R
Connector
Junction
B
P7
V6
V7
5 1 1 C B H H H H
R
(*1)
(* 1)
W
R
* 1 : w/ Vanity Light R
* 2 : Limited
4 1A 19 1A
R(*2)
J6
E Junction Connector
9 1A 6 1E 22 1J
E
R
R–W
W
W W
L–O L–O
L–O L–O
W–B W–B
R–W R–W
R–G R–G
W–B W–B
W–B W–B
W R–W
104
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
PCYL RCYL LP DCYL LCYL RDEF

25 A 22 B 6 B 26 A 21 B 6
(See Page 58)
W–R
(*2)
J20(A), J21(B) 3 1B
Junction 1
C B Connector
140A
W–G
P–G
R
ALT
L–R
C A C A 2
Y
W–R
W–R
(* 2)
(* 2)
5 1
DEFOG Relay
9 IP1 8 BB1 10 IO1 D4 IE1 9 IA1 8 BA1
4
W–R
W–R
Y–G
P–G
L–R
(*2)
(*2)
Y
Door Courtesy Light
Door Courtesy Light
Door Courtesy Light
Door Courtesy Light
3 2
Foot Light RH
Foot Light LH
1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
Front RH
Rear RH
Front LH
Rear LH
D11
D10
F13
F12
D9
D8
2 2 2 2 2 2
W–B
B–R
Y–R
R
(* 2)
(* 2)
R
1 IP2 9 BB1 9 IO1 D3 IE1 13 IA1 9 BA1

R(* 2)
(* 2)
R
R(* 2)
E E E
J6
Junction Connector Y–R
W W
L–O L–O
L–O L–O
W–B B–R
R–W R–W
R–G R–G
W–B W–B
W–B W–B
R–W R–W
105
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

Body ECU
STP1 HAZ DRL

3 8 7 A

24 1E 14 1J
1 1
10A 15A 15A

G–B
(* 4)
W
STOP IG1 TRN–HAZ
LG–R
10 IF1
(*3)
(*3)
2 2
W
(* 4)
W
2 20 1E 18 1J 2
Flasher Relay
Y–R
Y–R
B–Y
(*3)
EHW
Turn Signal
G–W
Y–R
Daytime Running Light Relay

T9
Connector
Turn Signal Flasher Relay

D E E A
Junction
G–W
J7 10 12
D J1 E A
Junction HAZ DRL
Connector
2
Y–R
Y–R
Y–R
D2
B E IG
S12
Stop 6 9 1
Light SW
2 2
W–B
Y–R
B–Y
(* 3)
(* 3)
(* 3)
1
5 1
STOP LP CTRL
Junction Connector
G–Y
Junction Connector
J22(A), J23(B)
D B F B
J20(A), J21(B)
Relay
Connector
E A2 IC4
Junction
3 2
J4
E 2 2 2 E A
H A H A
G–B
LG
G–Y
W–B
Y–R
Y–R
(* 3)
Y–R Y–R
W W
L–O L–O
L–O L–O
B–R B–R
R–W R–W
R–G R–G
W–B W–B
W–B W–B
R–W R–W
Connector
A
Junction
A W–B
J5
IG
106
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
P DEFSW DIND
17 B 1 B 5 B

* 4 : w/o Daytime Running Light
G–R
G
Y–R
G–B
D3
Defogger SW
Junction Connector
Passenger Seat Belt

3 Warning Light
J18(A), J19(B)
2 IM1 D B Security Indicator Light 4 11

Park/Neutral
Position SW
DFSW DIND
P1
B A IG+ GND B PBEW SIND

1
2 7 1 3 12
G–B
Y–R
GR–G
W–B
Y–R
R
Junction Connector
LG
G–B
8 IM1
A
J25
G–B
G–B B 3F A 3C
A A
C C
Y–R
Y–R
E A E A
B 3F B 3F A 3C
J35 J 8(A)
W–B
W–B
Junction Junction
R
Connector Connector
Y–R
W W
L–O L–O
L–O L–O
B–R B–R
R–W R–W
R–G R–G
W–B W–B
W–B W–B
R–W R–W
R
Connector
A
Junction
W–B W–B A W–B

J37
IK
107
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

Body ECU
SIG KSW MPX3

10 14 C 26 C
G–R
BR–Y
G–Y
BR–B
G–Y BR–Y
10A 10A
ECU–IG SECU/HORN
2 IN1 A B A B B B B B
BR–B
8 1F 28 1J 10 1K
Theft Deterrent
1
J18(A), J19(B) E A
Junction
BR–B
G–R
Horn
G–Y
G–Y
Connector
W–L
T1
B–R
B–R
BR–Y
3 1 5 12 31
+B2 SH– HORN KSW MPX1
J14(A), J15(B)
B A
Connector
Junction
DSWH E IND IG +B1
34 29 25 T5 10 2
Theft Deterrent ECU C B
GR–G
W–R
W–B
P–G
B–R
G–Y
GR–G
LG 6 IC3 J20(A) J12(A)
Unlock Warning SW
Junction Junction A 3D B 3E
Connector Connector 2
P–G
1 A 3D B 3E
Courtesy SW
K3
Engine Hood
G A G A G A A A A A 1
W–R
E3
W–B
W–B
B–R
B–R
4
B–R B–R
W–B
LG
B–R
B–R
W W
L–O L–O
L–O L–O
B–R B–R
R–W R–W
R–G R–G
W–B W–B
I5
W–B W–R
R–W R–W
R R
A
W–B A J24
Junction
Connector
II
108
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
TOUT
6 A P13
Power Window Motor
G–R Front RH
(SR5 Grade)
1 L 2 1 L–B
M
G–R
10A
HORN P9
Power Window Control
3 SW Front RH 1
2 U D
2
B SU SD
4 5 2
W–G
R–B
R
B
10 1E
10 IP2 9 IP2 5 IP2
1 5
L–Y
W
HORN
Relay
L–R
2 3
C L–Y
13 1K 1 1D
(SR5 Grade)
J7
G–R Junction Connector
G–R
G–R
GR–B
C W C C W
C C
C A C A C A GR–B
C W W
1 1
H9 H10
Horn Horn J33
(High) (Low) Junction
W
W
Connector
J14(A)
Junction Connector
LG LG
B–R B–R
B–R B–R
W W
L–O L–O
L–O L–O
B–R B–R
R–W R–W
R–G R–G
W–B W–B
W–R W–R
R–W R–W
R R
109
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

Body ECU
W/L 1 W/L 2
24 C 22 C
D17
L–R Power Window Master SW
L–Y
J22(A), J23(B)
Junction
Connector B B C B PD PU B B2 BW RRU RRD
15 13 6 11 7 18 16
R–L
B
R–B
R
R
B
B
A A B A B A A A 11 IA2 10 IA2
Power Window Motor

1
G–B
L–R
L–R
5 IA2 12 IA1 2 IA2

L–Y
L–Y
Rear RH
M
P15
2
7 IA2 12 IA2 7 BB1 6 BB1
G–B
B–R
L–O
L–B
W
L
R–B
5 2 3 1
L–R SU SD U D
L–Y
B
P11 4
Power Window Control
W SW Rear RH
W
5
W W
BB1
LG LG
B–R
B–R B–R
W W
L–O
L–O L–O
B–R B–R
R–W R–W
R–G R–G
W–B W–B
W–R W–R
R–W R–W
R R
110
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
D17
Power Window Master SW
RLU RLD DD DU PLS2 VCC PLS GND E UL L

12 10 9 4 17 3 14 2 1 8 5
G
L
9 IA2 6 IA2
Power Window Motor
BR–B
G–W
R–W
W–G
W–R
W–B
W–L
L–B
1
G–W
G–R
Rear LH
M
P14
2
7 BA1 6 BA1
5 IA1 4 IA1
G–W
G–R
L–B
L
5 2 3 1 1 2 3 4 5 6
SU SD U D D U PLS2 SSRB PLS E
L–W
B
P10 P12 L–O
4
Power Window Control Power Window Motor Front LH J38
SW Rear LH B Junction Connector
W
B B B
W–B
5 BA1
LG
W
LG W–B
4 IA2 W–B
B–R B–R
W W–B
W–B
L–O L–O
B–R B–R
R–W R–W
R–G R–G
W–B W–B
W–R W–R
R–W R–W
R
A A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG
111
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

Body ECU
L1 UL1 L2 UL3 ACTD LSWD LSWP

19 15 20 12 A 10 A 21 A 30 A
5 1K 1 1K 3 1K
D18
Door Lock Control SW
Front RH
L–W
L–O
J6
Junction
Unlock
A D
W–R
Connector
Lock
L–B
G
L
B–W
L–R
A D A D 5 6 3
L–W
L–W
L–O
L–O
6 IP1 5 IP1 W–B 6 IA1 8 IA1 13 IA2 7 IA1 8 IA2
B1
B–W
L–W
B–R
L–O
W
G
L
9 10 1 8 4
W–B
W–B
L UL UL LSSR L
L–W
4 IP2 E
L–O D16
7
Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH
Door Lock Detection SW Front LH
Door Lock Motor Front LH
W–B
W–B
W–B
LG LG
W–B
W–B W–B
B–R B–R
W–B W–B
W–B
L–O L–O
B–R B–R
R–W R–W
R–G R–G
W–B W–B
W–R W–R
R–W R–W
R
A A
J37
Junction
Connector
IK
112
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
ACT+ ACT– LSR ACTY

23 24 5 20 B
R–G
9 1L 18 1L 6 1L 16 1L 23 1L 11 1L 15 1K 22 1L 10 1L
B–W
L–R
L–R
L–R
15 IC2
L–B
L–B
L–B
W
W
L–R
7 IP1 7 IP2 2 IP2 10 BA1 11 BA1 12 BA1 10 BB1 11 BB1 12 BB1
R–G
B–W
B–R
L–R
L–R
L–B
L–B
W
W
B
7 1 4 6 1 4 6 1 4 4
LSSR UL L LSSR UL L LSSR UL L DOOR
E E E
8 D19 9 D20 9 D21 S15
Door Lock Detection Door Lock Detection Door Lock Detection Suspension
SW Front RH SW Rear LH SW Rear RH Control ECU
Door Lock Motor Door Lock Motor Door Lock Motor
W–B
W–B
W–B
Front RH Rear LH Rear RH
W–B 4 BA1 4 BB1

B1
W–B
W–B
W–B
LG LG
W–B
W–B W–B
B–R B–R
W–B R
W–B
L–O L–O
B–R B–R
R–W R–W
R–G R–G
W–B W–B
W–R W–R
R–W R–W
113
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

Body ECU
BZR BZR2 RDA PRG LMRY DCTY PCTY

9 7 4 B 3 B 3 A 23 B 24 B
10 1B 6 1B
R–B
R–Y
D D J7 D
P–B
Y–B
G–O Junction Connector
Junction Connector
L–R
R
J18(A), J19(B)
1 (See Page 58)
H B
Wireless Door
A12 IE1 A13 IE1 A15 IE1 C2 IC4 1 IC3

Lock Buzzer
1
W3
G–O
L–R
F A
R
R
10A
2 DOME
2 3 5
RDA PRG +B 2
R–B
2
E
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
1 D7 R
Door Control R 1 1
Receiver
Front RH
Front LH
2 2
D12
D13
W–B
5 2
Junction Connector
A A A A A A DOME
Relay
J40(A), J41(B)
3 1
A B
2 2
R
R–W
R
W–B
W–B
W–B
LG LG
W–B W–B
W–B W–B
B–R B–R
R R
W–B W–B
L–O L–O
B–R B–R
R–W R–W
R–G R–G
W–B W–B
W–R W–R
R–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
BO BL
114
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
RLCY RRCY DRLP DCY2 KSWO SPD

11 B 12 B 12 C 11 C 15 C 14
(See Page 58) S8
Skid Control
1 1G ECU
SP1
W–L
V–G
V–R
P–B
V–Y
P–L
16
GR–R
7. 5A
GAUGE
17 A 8 C 19 B 5 B 4 B
Speedometer
A11 IE1 8 IO1
4 1G
R–L
Driver’ s Seat Belt
C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C)

Door
P–B
P–L
Combination Meter
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
1 1
Rear RH
Beam
Rear LH
D14
D15
15 C 13 B 16 C 18 B 14 A 13 A 13 C 12 B
GR–B
R–W
R–G
G–Y
BR
LG
R
R–L
11 IO1 F B 7 IM1
J 8(A), J 9(B)
B13
Connector
Junction
Buckle SW RH
BR
GR–B
Occupant Detection
Sensor G–Y
W–B 3 2 H A H A
R
LG
W–B W–B
W–B W–B
B–R B–R
W–B W–B
L–O L–O
B–R B–R
R–W
R–G
W–B W–B
W–R W–R
W–B W–B
W–B
BR
BM EF
115
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

Body ECU
DBKL
13 A
B–R
G–Y
J20(A), J21(B) E8
B B Junction Connector Engine Control 2
Module
Y–G
1 1
D A D A ELS
12
30A 10A
G–Y
G–Y
7 BH1
DEFOG MIR HEATER
(1GR–FE)
Y–G
Y–G
B
Rear Window Defogger 2 2
A8 IE1
1 A 4 BD1 2 2
R21(A), R22(B)
J31(A), J32(B)
D B
Connector
Y–G
G–Y
B–L
Junction
Y–G
Junction Connector
J 8(A), J 9(B)
F A 3 1 B I A
Buckle SW LH
B1 IE1 C10 IC4 D4 IC4
(1GR–FE)
B12
Y–G
Y–G
Y–G
H B
4
B–L
D A D A D A
W–B
W–B
B–R
J22(A), J23(B) E B
G–Y Junction Connector
Y–G
(2UZ–FE)
W–B W–B
W–B W–B
B–R B–R
W–B
L–O L–O
W–B
B–R
3 BH1
W–B W–B
W–R W–R
W–B
10
W–B W–B W–B W–B
BD1 B6
116
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
DEF PKB BECU

27 A 2 B 11
(See Page 58)
(2UZ–FE)
Y–G
LG
4 1B 4 1L 12 1F
J6
Junction Connector 10A
ECU–B
17 1J
B B B 2
W–R
W–R
W–R
2
1 1E
B–L
B–L
B–L
18 IP1 18 IA1
LG
Parking Brake SW
1
G–B
G–B
Mirror Heater RH
Mirror Heater LH
4 4
P4
M4
M3
B–L
5 5
W–B
W–B
Y–G
(2UZ–FE)
W–B
W–B W–R
B–R B–R
L–O L–O
W–B W–B
W–R
W–B W–B
117
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C) B 8(A), B 9(B)

WMTR RWON RWINT OBD2 L MPX2 MPX2 BECU SIG BDR

2 10 C 9 C 17 C 14 A 23 A 1 A 5 A 6 A 4 A
R–Y
1 1B
GR
BR–R
B–O
L–R
R
L
Junction Connector
Junction Connector
Washer Motor
J18(A), J19(B)
J18(A), J19(B)
3 BR–W
GR–R
G B E B
M
W2
A14 IE1 9 BD1 7 BD1 5 BD1 6 BD1
4
G A A A
LG–B
W–R
B–R
L–O
GR
R–Y
3 IC3 6 IH1 7 IH1
BR–R
BR–W
GR–R
LG–B
D6 IC4
7
SIL
12 10
GR
Washer
OFF D1
Rear Wiper and
Data Link 5 EA1 (2UZ–FE)

Connector 3
Washer SW
3 EA1 (1GR–FE)
INT
ON
GR
Washer
C14 2 13
Combination SW 4
BR–W L
W–B
G2
Generator
W–R
B–R
L–O
W–B
W–B W–B
118
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
HSW+ HSW– E DOWN UP BDUP BDDN IC+ IC1 IC2 IC– GND
10 B 22 B 19 B 4 B 5 B 13 B 25 B 11 B 16 B 17 B 23 B 3 A
W–B
GR–R
LG–R
LG–B
W–R
V–W
L–W
Y–G
B–O
V–Y
Y–B
R–B
Back Door Opener SW
1 3 2 1 4 5 1 6 2 3
R G SSRB PLS2 PLS E
B10
2 B11
T10 Back Door Power Window Motor
Tailgate Control SW
W–B
119
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
HALF FULL POS LSE ACT+ ACT– SGND P W WIP+ WIP–

6 B 7 B 8 B 21 B 15 B 14 B 18 B 12 B 3 B 2 B 1 B
BR–W
BR–B
R–G
R–G
G–R
G–Y
Y–G
B–R
P–B
L–R
L–B
5 6 4 3 1 2 1 3 5 4
M Return
Position
Furthest M
Position
B7
Back Door Courtesy SW Stop
2 R23
Rear Wiper Motor
Rear Wiper Position SW
120
System Outline
Communication Outline
Communication is made among the body, theft deterrent and back door ECUs.
When the ECU receives a signal from related switches, i.e., the rear wiper SW, the body ECU sends signals to the back door
ECU, and moves rear wiper.
For details, please refer to the new car features and/or the repair manual.
Service Hints
Body ECU
1, 10–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
T5 Theft Deterrent ECU
121
: Parts Location
A39 36 F13 40 J31 A 38
B1 36 32 (2UZ–FE) J32 B 38
G2
B4 A 36 34 (1GR–FE) J33 38
B5 B 36 32 (2UZ–FE) J35 38
H1
B6 C 36 34 (1GR–FE) J37 38
B7 40 32 (2UZ–FE) J38 40
H2
B8 A 40 34 (1GR–FE) J40 A 40
B9 B 40 32 (2UZ–FE) J41 B 40
H3
B10 40 34 (1GR–FE) K3 39
B11 40 32 (2UZ–FE) L2 40
H4
B12 42 34 (1GR–FE) M3 41
B13 42 32 (2UZ–FE) M4 41
H9
C8 A 37 34 (1GR–FE) M5 41
C9 B 37 32 (2UZ–FE) 33 (2UZ–FE)
H10 P1
C10 C 37 34 (1GR–FE) 35 (1GR–FE)
C12 37 I17 37 P4 39
C14 37 I20 40 P7 41
D1 37 33 (2UZ–FE) P9 41
J1
D2 37 35 (1GR–FE) P10 41
D3 37 33 (2UZ–FE) P11 41
J2 A
D7 40 35 (1GR–FE) P12 41
D8 40 33 (2UZ–FE) P13 41
J3 B
D9 40 35 (1GR–FE) P14 41
D10 40 J4 38 P15 41
D11 40 J5 38 R21 A 41
D12 40 J6 38 R22 B 41
D13 40 J7 38 R23 41
D14 40 J8 A 38 S8 39
D15 40 J9 B 38 S12 39
D16 40 J10 A 38 S15 39
D17 40 J11 B 38 33 (2UZ–FE)
T1
D18 40 J12 A 38 35 (1GR–FE)
D19 40 J13 B 38 T5 39
D20 40 J14 A 38 T9 39
D21 40 J15 B 38 T10 41
32 (2UZ–FE) J18 A 38 V6 41
E3
34 (1GR–FE) J19 B 38 V7 41
E8 37 J20 A 38 33 (2UZ–FE)
W2
32 (2UZ–FE) J21 B 38 35 (1GR–FE)
F1
34 (1GR–FE) J22 A 38 33 (2UZ–FE)
W3
32 (2UZ–FE) J23 B 38 35 (1GR–FE)
F2
34 (1GR–FE) J24 38
F12 40 J25 38
: Relay Blocks

122
1B
1C
1D
1E
1G
1H
( Finish Panel))
1K
1L
3C
3D
3E
3F

44 (2UZ–FE)
EA1 Engine No
No.2
46 (1GR–FE)
IA1
IA2
IC2
IC3 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Engine
g Room Main Wire ((Left Kick Panel))
IC4
IF1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Relay Wire (Behind the Instrument Panel J/B)
IP1
IP2
BH1 54 Back Door No.1 Wire and Back Door No.2 Wire (Left Side of Back Door)
123
: Ground Points

44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
: Splice Points
44 (2UZ–FE) I5 50 Instrument Panel Wire
E1
46 (1GR–FE) B1 54 Front Door RH Wire
44 (2UZ–FE) Engine
g Room Main Wire B3 54 Roof Wire
E7
46 (1GR–FE) B6 54 Back Door No.1 Wire
I3 50
124
Memo
125
Multiplex Communication System (Communication Bus)
B 4(A), B 6(C)
Body ECU
MPX3 MPX2
26 C 23 A
BR–R
BR–Y
B
J19
Junction A14 IE1
Connector
B
BR–R
BR–Y
9 BD1
R
31 1
MPX1 T5 MPX2 B8
Theft Deterrent Back Door
ECU ECU
98
Multiplex Communication System Includes Following Systems
∗ Automatic Light Control
∗ Door Lock Control
∗ Front Fog Light
∗ Garage Door Opener
∗ Headlight
∗ Interior Light
∗ Key Reminder
∗ Light Auto Turn Off
∗ Mirror Heater
∗ Power Window
∗ Rear Window Defogger
∗ Rear Wiper and Washer
∗ Seat Belt Warning
∗ Theft Deterrent
∗ Wireless Door Lock Control
99
Multi Mode 4WD

E 3 : 2UZ–FE
E12 : * 1
W–B
15A 20A
IG1 4WD
W–B
W–B
8 1J 13 1J T3
Transfer Shift Actuator 10 6
Y–R
GND GND
Connector
A
Junction
J7
M M
A
Y–R
CDL HM1 HM2 HL1 HL2 TM1 TM2 TL1 TL2 TL3
V
9 8 7 12 11 2 1 3 4 5
Connector
H A
R–L
Junction
J20(A)
Connector
H A B
Junction
L–W
R–B
L–R
L–Y
L–B
(* 1)
GR
G
Y
L
J28
Y–R
B
Connector
A
R–L
Junction
J25
A 6 A 22 B 1 B 4 B 17 B 26 B 2 B 5 B 25 B 24 B 23 B
IG P1 HM1 HM2 HL1 HL2 TM1 TM2 TL1 TL2 TL3
F 9(A), F10(B)
Y–R
4WD Control ECU

N 2–4 LO GND DL
22 A 8 A 15 A 1 A 16 A
2 IM1
G–W
(*1)
GR
P
L
Y–R
6 II1
3
J29(A), J30(B)
C B
Park/Neutral
Position SW
GR
Connector
W–B
Junction
5 2 3
P1
Diff. Lock SW
5 C A 2–4 LO
(*1) (* 1) (* 1) (*1)
D4
H4
4WD Control SW
4
G–W
H2 L4
W–B
F11
GND
4
J33(A), J34(B)
J14(A), J15(B)
G–W
10 IM1 C B A A
Connector
Connector
Junction
Junction
W–B
B A A B
W–B
W–B
J37
Junction
A A Connector A
J24 A W–B A J5
Junction Junction
Connector Connector
II IK IG
272
S8
W–B
J29(A), J30(B) J20(A), J21(B) Skid Control
Junction Junction ECU
Connector Connector
17
16
W–L W–L W–L
24 A
H B
F A
B A
D B
L4
SP1
EXI4
H B
J28 GR–R
Junction E7
Connector
W–L
Engine Control
E
E
3
GR GR GR Module
18 B
6 EC1
ADD
(* 1) (* 1) (* 1)
ADD
L4
1
R R
3 B
M
1 EC1
DM1
F 9(A), F10(B)
A11
(* 1) (* 1)
DM1
4WD Control ECU
J29(A), J30(B)
Junction
Connector
ADD Actuator
2
B–W B–W V–R V–R
6 B
9 A
D B
B A
2 EC1
DM2
SPD
(* 1) (* 1)
DM2
6
LG LG W–G
13 B
19 A
DL1
3 EC1
IND1
(* 1) (* 1) (* 1)
DL1
J31(A), J32(B)
Junction
Connector
5
P–L P–L G–R
12 B
20 A
G B
F A
DL2
4 EC1
IND2
(* 1) (* 1)
DL2

4
W–B BR–W
11 A
5 EC1
IND3
(* 1)
G–R
GND
E12 : * 1
(* 1)
W–B
E 3 : 2UZ–FE
W–B W–B
EE
(2UZ–FE)
W–B
EF
(* 1)
BR–W
G–R
* 1 : 1GR–FE
J10(A), J11(B) J20(A)

Junction Junction
Connector Connector
G–R G–R
H B
E A
E A
E A
(* 1)
V–R
G–R
W–G
GR–R
BR–W
273
Multi Mode 4WD
* 1 : 1GR–FE From Power Source System (See Page 58)
GR–R 10A 7. 5A
DOME GAUGE
2 4 1G
R
C2 IC4
R
R
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Connector
H A D
R–L
Junction
Connector
V–R
Junction
J7
W–G
D
(* 1) F B
R
R
16 C 15 C
Center Diff. Lock

4WD
4LO
C 9(B), C10(C), C11(D)
Combination Meter
Speedometer
4 B 5 B 13 C 5 D 6 D 7 D
BR–W
GR–R
W–G
G–R
V–R
(* 1)
BR
1 1G
11 1K 7 IM1
V–R
B 3D
BR
B 3D
V–R
G–R
BR–W
EF
274
System Outline
Depending on the transfer shift actuator status and ADD actuator (1GR–FE) status, the 4WD control ECU drives the transfer
shift actuator and ADD actuator (1GR–FE) to electrically change the gear position selected by the driver according to vehicle
speed signal and neutral start switch signal.
1. Shift Select Control
Shifting from H2 into H4 position (1GR–FE)
When the 4WD control switch is turned from H2 into H4, this signal is input into 4WD control ECU (TERMINAL 2–4). Then,
the 4WD control ECU moves the 2–4 select motor (TERMINAL 2, TERMINAL 1) in the transfer shift actuator until the shift
fork shaft shifts to the diff. free position, performing a shift into H4 position
Switching diff. lock ON when in H4 position.

When the diff. lock switch is turned ON with the 4WD control switch in H4 position, this signal is input into the 4WD control
ECU (TERMINAL DL). Then, the 4WD control ECU drives the 2–4 select motor (TERMINAL 2, TERMINAL 1) in the transfer
shift actuator until the shift fork shaft shifts to the diff. lock position, locking it in H4 position with the diff. lock.
Shifting from H4 into L4 position

When the 4WD control switch is turned from H4 into L4, this signal is input into 4WD control ECU (TERMINAL LO). Then, the
4WD control ECU drives the H–L select motor (TERMINAL 8, TERMINAL 7) in the transfer shift actuator, shifting the shift
fork shaft, performing a shift into L4 position.
Switching diff. lock ON when in L4 position.

When the diff. lock switch is turned ON with the 4WD control switch in L4 position, this signal is input into the 4WD control
ECU (TERMINAL DL). Then, the 4WD control ECU drives the 2–4 select motor (TERMINAL 2, TERMINAL 1) in the transfer
shift actuator until the shift fork shaft shifts to the diff. lock position, locking it in L4 position with the diff. lock.
2. Function of Limit Switch
H4L limit switch (TERMINAL 12 and TERMINAL 11 of transfer shift actuator)
The H4L limit switch in the transfer shift actuator feeds back the current shift position status (H4 or L4) information, which is
based on the ON/OFF combination of the two switches, to the 4WD control ECU.
4WD limit switch (TERMINAL 3 (1GR–FE), TERMINAL 4 and TERMINAL 5 of transfer shift actuator)
The 4WD limit switch in the transfer shift actuator feeds back the current shift position status (H2 or H4) (1GR–FE) and diff.
lock or diff. free status information, which is based on the ON/OFF combination of the two (2UZ–FE) or three (1GR–FE)
switches, to the 4WD control ECU.
ADD limit switch (TERMINAL 6 and TERMINAL 5 of ADD actuator) (1GR–FE)

The ADD limit switch in the ADD actuator feeds back the current front diff. lock or free status information, which is based on
the ON/OFF combination of the two switches, to the 4WD control ECU.
3. Shift Limit Control
The 4WD control ECU interrupts the shift select control and give the driver a warning by means of buzzer (Integrated into the
ECU) sound and blinking indicator light on the combination meter when the following shift change conditions exist.
The warning, however, can be canceled –– when the 4WD control switch is canceled and the switch position is returned to
where it was before the warning occurred.
∗ Shift change (1GR–FE) from H2 into H4 with vehicle traveling at a speed reaching or exceeding 100 km/h (Buzzer sound
and blinking 4WD and center diff. lock indicator lights)
∗ Shift change from H4 into L4 with vehicle traveling at a speed reaching or exceeding 5 km/h but within the A/T shift
position N range (Buzzer sound and blinking L4 indicator light)
4. ADD Actuator Control (1GR–FE)
When switching between H2 (2WD) and H4 (4WD), the 4WD control ECU controls the way power is supplied to the ADD
motor in the ADD actuator, as shown below, to run the ADD motor in normal or reverse direction, thereby changing the status
of the front diff. from free to lock, or vice versa.
For locking front diff. TERMINAL DM1 +B

TERMINAL DM2 GROUND
For unlocking front diff. TERMINAL DM1 GROUND
TERMINAL DM2 +B
275
Multi Mode 4WD
: Parts Location
A11 34 (1GR–FE) J9 B 38 J31 A 38
C9 B 37 J10 A 38 J32 B 38
C10 C 37 J11 B 38 J33 A 38
C11 D 37 J14 A 38 J34 B 38
D4 37 J15 B 38 J37 38
E7 37 J20 A 38 33 (2UZ–FE)
P1
F9 A 37 J21 B 38 35 (1GR–FE)
F10 B 37 J24 38 S8 39
F11 37 J25 38 33 (2UZ–FE)
T3
J5 38 J28 38 35 (1GR–FE)
J7 38 J29 A 38
J8 A 38 J30 B 38
: Relay Blocks

1G
( Finish Panel))
1K
3D 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

: Ground Points

44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
: Splice Points
E3 44 (2UZ–FE) Engine Wire E12 46 (1GR–FE) Engine Wire
276
Power Outlet (12V)
7. 5A 15A
ACC PWR
OUTLET
1 3
DC SKT
Relay
2 5
2 1H 30 1J 31 1J
W–B
BR–R
A9 IE1
BR–R
BR–R
2 2
P6 P8
Power Outlet Power Outlet
(Front) (Rear)
1 1
W–B
W–B
B 3F A A A A
J40(A), J41(B)
Connector
Junction
B 3F
A B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
A A
J5 J24
Junction Junction
Connector Connector
IG II BL BO
292
Service Hints
DC SKT Relay
3–5 : Closed with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
: Parts Location
J5 38 J40 A 40 P6 39
J24 38 J41 B 40 P8 41
1H
1J

: Ground Points

293
Power Outlet (115V)
15A 15A
IG1 AC115V
INV
2
8 1J 20 1E
Y–R
Y–R
Y–R
V
Connector
A E C
Junction
J1
Junction 2 2
J7
Connector
2 5
A E C
Y–R AC115V
INV Relay
Y–R
1 3
2 2
V
L
Connector
H
Junction
J20
H A15 IC4 A3 IC4

V–R
L
Y–R
C8 IE1
W–B
V–R
6
IG
1 4
IG GND
Inverter
Voltage
AC1 AC2
V9
Main SW
3 7
M2
R–W
LG
E IN C6 IE1 C7 IE1
3 4
R–W
LG
W–B
1 IS1 2 IS1
L
W–B
R–W
LG
A A 1 A B A B
J40(A), J41(B)
J14(A), J15(B)
Junction P5
Connector
Connector Power Outlet

Junction
(115V)
A B
4 A A
LG
W–B
W–B
W–B
A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG BO BL
294
Service Hints
AC115V INV Relay
3–5 : Closed with ignition SW at ON position and main SW at on
: Parts Location
33 (2UZ–FE) J14 A 38 J41 B 40
J1
35 (1GR–FE) J15 B 38 M2 39
J5 38 J20 38 P5 39
J7 38 J40 A 40 V9 41
: Relay Blocks


IS1 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Console Box Wire (Rear Console)
: Ground Points

295
302
Power Seat
Front
9
L
P24
Power Seat Motor
Slide
(Driver’ s Seat
Slide Control)
1
2
6
L–B
A6
M
1
R–L R–L R–L
E B
A A
Rear
29 1J
IE1
(* 1)
Up
10
L–Y
E B
30A
D P/SEAT
P20
Power Seat Motor
Front
P18
Junction
(Driver’ s Seat
Vertical
LG
Connector
(* 2)
(* 1)
R–L
Front Vertical Control)
1
2
5
L–R
J43(A), J44(B)
M
Down
Front
3
Y–R
P23

Power Seat Motor
(Driver’ s Seat
Reclining
Reclining Control)
Power Seat Control SW (Driver’ s Seat)
2
1
2
Y–B
M
Rear
Up
7
Y–G
P21
Power Seat Motor
Lifter
(Driver’ s Seat
Lifter Control)
2
1
8
Y
M
Down
4
LG
(* 2)
(* 1)
R–L
W–B
LG
(* 2)
(* 1)
R–L
W–B
W–B W–B
H A
F B
BL
W–B
F B
W–B
F B
* 1 : Limited
LG
(* 2)
* 2 : SG5 Grade
J43(A), J44(B)
Junction
Connector
2
R–G(* 1)
3
R–L
Release
1
W(* 2) (* 1)
P22
Power Seat Motor
5
(Driver’ s Seat W–B
Lumbar Support Control)
2
1
4
R–B
M
(* 1) Hold
Y L3
(* 2) Lumbar Support Control SW
(Driver’ s Seat)
1
LG G–R G–R
E B
A A
Front
32 1J
5 IO1
9
L (*1) (* 1) (* 1)
30A
P26
Junction
Power Seat Motor

Connector

Slide
(Front Passenger’ s Seat
P P/SEAT
Slide Control)
J45(A), J46(B)
2
1
6
Y
P19
M
Rear
Front
3
P
Power Seat Control SW
P25
(Front Passenger’ s Seat)
Power Seat Motor

(Front Passenger’ s Seat
Reclining
Reclining Control)
2
1
2
BR
M
Rear
4
W–B W–B
H A
F B
BM
J45(A), J46(B)
Junction
Connector
303
Power Seat
Service Hints
L3 Lumbar Support Control SW (Driver’s Seat)
3–1 : Closed with the driver’s seat at lumbar support release operation
3–4 : Closed with the driver’s seat at lumbar support hold operation
P18 Power Seat Control SW (Driver’s Seat)
1–9 : Closed with the driver’s seat at front slide operation
1–6 : Closed with the driver’s seat at rear slide operation
1–3 : Closed with the driver’s seat at front reclining operation
1–2 : Closed with the driver’s seat at rear reclining operation
1–10 : Closed with the driver’s seat at front vertical up operation
1–5 : Closed with the driver’s seat at front vertical down operation
1–7 : Closed with the driver’s seat at lifter up operation
1–8 : Closed with the driver’s seat at lifter down operation
P19 Power Seat Control SW (Front Passenger’s Seat)
1–9 : Closed with the front passenger’s seat at front slide operation
1–6 : Closed with the front passenger’s seat at rear slide operation
1–3 : Closed with the front passenger’s seat at front reclining operation
1–2 : Closed with the front passenger’s seat at rear reclining operation
: Parts Location
J43 A 42 P18 42 P23 42
J44 B 42 P19 42 P24 42
J45 A 42 P20 42 P25 42
J46 B 42 P21 42 P26 42
L3 42 P22 42

: Ground Points

304
Memo
305
Power Source
10A MIR HEATER
B–R 1 2 B–L
2 2
30A DEFOG
1 2 Y–G
2
DEFOG Relay
Y–R 2 1 R R
2 2
B–R 3 5 1 2 R 1 2 GR
2 2 2 2
L–Y
4
W–B 50A HEATER 10A AIRSUS NO. 2
2
1 2 L–Y 5 3 L–B
2 4 4
30A TOWING BRK 50A AIR SUS BR–Y 1 2 W–B

4 4
B 2 1 AIR SUS Relay
2
30A BATT CHG 50A AM1
B–Y 2 1 1 2 W–L
2 2
50A J/B
1 10A SECU/HORN
1 2 L–W
2 1C
30A P P/SEAT
40A TOWING
1 2 L
2 30A D P/SEAT
10A STOP
1 2
1 2 G–W
2 30A POWER
5 3 10A TAIL
15A AC115V INV
1 2 V
2 1 2
15A FR FOG TAIL Relay
1 2 LG
2
15A PWR OUTLET
140A ALT 7. 5A OBD
1 2 1 2 O
2 2
B
25A SEAT HEATER

IG Relay
2 5 3 B–Y 1 2 LG
2 2 2
1 2 W–B
2 2
Y–R
B
2
Battery
58
HEATER Relay
W–G 1 2 L
2 2
7. 5A HEATER NO. 2
R 5 3 B–Y 1 2 G–Y
2 2 2 2
4
W–B
2
I18
Ignition SW
ACC 3 W–G
W–L 2 AM1 IG1 4 L–Y
W–L 30A AM2
1 2 R 7 AM2 IG2 6 B–R

2
ST2 8 G–B
40A ABS MTR
1 2 Y–B
2
50A ABS SOL
1 2 Y
2
Short Pin
1 2 W W
2
20A EFI
1 2 L L
2
7. 5A ALT–S 10A ETCS
W 2 1 1 2 GR
2 2
10A HORN 20A DR/LCK 10A HEAD(HI RH)
W–G 2 1 1 2 G–W 1 2 R–W

2 2 2
15A A/F HEATER 20A TOWING 10A HEAD(HI LH)
B–R 2 1 1 2 GR 1 2 R–L
2 2 2 2
15A TRN–HAZ 20A RADIO NO. 2 10A HEAD(LO RH)

R–B
B–Y 2 1 1 2 W–L 1 2 R–B

2 2 2
10A HEAD(LO LH)

HEAD Relay
5 3 R–B 1 2 R–Y
2 2 2
1 2 W
2
59
Power Source
7. 5A ACC
5 10A CIG
W–G
1D
15A IG1
10A ECU–IG
15A RR WSH
W–G 20A 4WD
2 30A FR WIP–WSH
L–Y
1C
10A IGN
6 7. 5A GAUGE
B–R
1D
G–B 10A SRS
3 7. 5A STA NO. 2
1D
10A DOME
1 2 R
2
20A RADIO NO. 1
W 1 2 L–Y
2 2
10A ECU–B
L 1 2 W–R
2
EFI Relay
W–G 1 2 W–B
2 2
10A EFI NO. 2
L 5 3 B 1 2 L–W
2 2 2 2
(2UZ–FE) (2UZ–FE)
60
Service Hints
HEAD Relay
5–3 : Closed with light control SW at HEAD position or dimmer SW at FLASH position
Closed with engine running and parking brake lever released (w/ daytime running light)
I18 Ignition SW
2–3 : Closed with ignition key at ACC or ON position
2–4 : Closed with ignition key at ON or ST position
7–6 : Closed with ignition key at ON or ST position
7–8 : Closed with ignition key at ST position
TAIL Relay
3–5 : Closed with light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position
: Parts Location
I18 37
: Relay Blocks

1C
1D
61
Power Window

B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
1
20A 7. 5A ACC BDR1 BDN BUP COM

DR/LCK ACC
22 12 8 B 10 B 19 B
9 1E
Y–R
B–Y
B–L
G–W
6 3 1
DOWN UP E
B1
Back Door Power Window
Control SW
190
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
KSW GND1 GND2 PWS SIG

14 C 4 16 21 10
G–Y
1
J18(A), J19(B)
A B 1 5 30A 10A
POWER Relay
POWER ECU–IG
Connector
Junction
2
E A
2 3
G–Y
2 1H 1 1H 2 1F 25 1J 8 1F 28 1J
W–B
B–R
B–R
L–O
L–O
W
J14(A), J15(B)
B A
Connector
Junction
C B
G
J20
Junction
Connector
G
G–Y
Unlock Warning SW
B–R
K3
1
W–B
Connector
A B
Junction
J15(B)
A B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B–R
B–R
W–B
L–O
J5
Junction L–O
A Connector A A
W
IG
191
Power Window
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

Body ECU
W/L 1 W/L 2
24 C 22 C
P13
Power Window Motor Front RH
L 2 1 L–B
M
L–R
L–Y
P9 J22(A), J23(B)
Power Window Control SW Junction
3 Front RH 1 Connector B B C B
U D
B SU SD
4 5 2
A A B A B A A A
R–B
R
B
L–R
L–R
L–Y
L–Y
10 IP2 9 IP2 5 IP2
7 IA2 12 IA2
L–Y
W
R–B
R
L–R R
C L–Y R–B
J7
Junction Connector
C W C C W
C C
C W W
J33
Junction
W
Connector
W–B W–B
B–R B–R
B–R B–R
L–O L–O
L–O L–O
192
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
D17
Power Window Master SW
PD PU B B2 BW RRU RRD RLU RLD

15 13 6 11 7 18 16 12 10
R–L
G
B
L
R–B
R
R
B
11 IA2 10 IA2 9 IA2 6 IA2
Power Window Motor
Power Window Motor

1 1
G–W
G–R
G–B
5 IA2 12 IA1 2 IA2

G
Rear RH
Rear LH
M M
P15
P14
2 2
7 BB1 6 BB1 7 BA1 6 BA1
G–W
G–R
G–B
B–R
L–O
L–B
L–B
W
L
5 2 3 1 5 2 3 1
R SU SD U D SU SD U D
R–B
B B
P11 4 P10 4
Power Window Control Power Window Control
W SW Rear RH SW Rear LH
W
W
5
W
BB1
5 BA1
W–B W–B
B–R
B–R B–R
L–O
L–O L–O
193
Power Window
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

Body ECU
L2 UL3 BZR BZR2

20 12 A 9 7
D17 3 1K
Power Window Master SW 10 1B 6 1B
P–B
Y–B
DD DU PLS2 VCC PLS GND E
9 4 17 3 14 2 1
G
L
Wireless Door Lock Buzzer

1
BR–B
W–G
W–R
W–B
W–L
L–B
W3
6 IA1 8 IA1
2
G
L
1 2 3 4 5 6 9 10
D U PLS2 SSRB PLS E L UL
E
P12 J38 7 D16
Power Window Motor Front LH Junction Door Key Lock and
B Connector Unlock SW Front LH
B B
W–B
W–B
4 IA2
W–B
W–B
B–R B–R
L–O L–O
194
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
RDA PRG DCTY PCTY RLCY RRCY

4 B 3 B 23 B 24 B 11 B 12 B
(See Page 58)
R–B
R–Y
P–B
P–L
10A
Junction Connector
DOME
J18(A), J19(B)
H B
2
A11 IE1 8 IO1
2
F A
G–O
L–R
R–B
P–B
C2 IC4
P–L
R
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
D 1 1 1 1
J7
Junction
Front RH
Front LH
Rear RH
Connector
Rear LH
D D12
D13
D14
D15
R
A12 IE1 A13 IE1 A15 IE1

G–O
L–R
2 3 5
RDA PRG +B
E
1 D7
Door Control Receiver
W–B
W–B
Junction Connector
A A A A A A
J40(A), J41(B)
A B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B–R B–R
L–O L–O
BO BL
195
Power Window
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C) B 8(A), B 9(B)

BECU MPX2 MPX2 BECU GND SIG BDR

11 23 A 1 A 5 A 3 A 6 A 4 A
(See Page 58)
BR–R
W–B
L–R
4 1B 12 1F
L
10A
ECU–B
2 A14 IE1 9 BD1 7 BD1 10 BD1 5 BD1 6 BD1

W–R
W–R
W–R
W–B
B–R
L–O
BR–R
W–B
B–R
L–O
196
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
E DOWN UP BDUP BDDN IC+ IC1 IC2 IC– HALF FULL LSE
19 B 4 B 5 B 13 B 25 B 11 B 16 B 17 B 23 B 6 B 7 B 21 B
GR–R
LG–B
W–R
L–W
R–G
G–Y
Y–G
B–O
B–R
V–Y
Y–B
R–B
3 2 1 4 5 1 6 2 3 5 6 3
R G SSRB PLS2 PLS E
T10 B11
Tailgate Control SW Back Door Power Window Motor
B7
197
Power Window
System Outline
∗ The power window system is controlled by the body ECU. This system has following features.
1. Manual Up and Down Function
This function causes the window to open or close while the power window switch is being pulled halfway up or pushed
halfway down. The window stops as soon as the switch is released.
2. Front Doors One–Touch Auto Up and Down Function
The front doors one–touch auto up and down function enables the window of front doors to be fully opened or closed at a
touch of the power window switch.
3. Jam Protection Function
A jam protection function automatically stops the power window and moves it downward if a foreign object gets jammed in
the window during one–touch auto–up operation.
4. Remote Control Function
The up and down operations of the front passenger door window and the rear door windows can be controlled by operating
the power window master switch.
5. Ker–Off Operation Function
Within about 45 seconds when turn OFF the ignition SW or open and shut the driver’s seat door, this function enables the
door window operation with the power window master switch and/or the manual operation at each passenger’s seat door.
(The driver’s seat door includes the one–touch auto up and down operation as well)
6. Key–Linked Up and Down Function
A key–linked up and down function, which is linked to the driver door key cylinder operation, open or close the window of the
all doors.
∗ When the battery terminal or fuse is disconnected, the glass position of all doors have to be reset to the initial positions,
door by door, by the power window control switch in accordance with the following procedure:
A) Reconnect the battery terminal or fuse.
B) Turn ON the ignition switch.
C) Lower the window of each door by the power window switch to open it halfway or more.
D) Then move the window up by the power window switch to close it fully.
Do not release the switch for at least one second after the window is fully closed.
: Parts Location
B1 36 D16 40 J40 A 40
B4 A 36 D17 40 J41 B 40
B5 B 36 J5 38 K3 39
B6 C 36 J7 38 P9 41
B7 40 J14 A 38 P10 41
B8 A 40 J15 B 38 P11 41
B9 B 40 J18 A 38 P12 41
B11 40 J19 B 38 P13 41
D7 40 J20 38 P14 41
D12 40 J22 A 38 P15 41
D13 40 J23 B 38 T10 41
D14 40 J33 38 33 (2UZ–FE)
W3
D15 40 J38 40 35 (1GR–FE)
: Relay Blocks

198
1B
1E
1H
( Finish Panel))
1K

IA1
IA2
IP2 52 Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
: Ground Points

199
Radio and Player (w/o Navigation System Except 6 Speaker)
1 GR
20A 7. 5A From Power Source System (See Page 58)

EFI ACC
R18
1 Rear Seat Audio Controller
2
2 8 1K 10A
DOME
+B ACC GND
2
12 24 17
2 From Power Source System
(See Page 58)
P
LG
LG
LG
1
R
F 3E 20A
RADIO
NO. 1
C2 IC4
F 3E J6 2
Junction
Connector
R
1 ID1 9 ID1 16 ID1 2

GR C C
P
L
Connector
D
C
Junction
W–B
J7
5 IC3 11 IC3
L–Y
GR
R
D
GR
P
GR
GR
GR
2 2 A10 IC4
J 8(A), J 9(B)
H A
Connector
2 3 B 3A B 3A
ACC CUT Relay
Junction
F B
1 4 B 3A
R
2 2
L–Y
GR
W–G
A 3B
16 IC3
A 3B
W–G
L–Y
5 IM2 GR
W–G
15 (2UZ–FE)
14 (1GR–FE)
ACCR
E4
Engine
W–B
Control
Module
IH
328
GR GR
R18
Rear Seat Audio Controller
SLD RSR+ RSR– RSL+ RSL– RMUT MUTE TX+ TX–

R
10 9 8 7 6 11 21 22 23
B
(Shielded)
W
LG
LG
LG
W
W
(Shielded)
3 ID1 4 ID1 5 ID1 6 ID1 7 ID1 2 ID1 12 ID1 11 ID1 10 ID1 C11 IO2 C13 IO2 C14 IO2 C17 IO2 C16 IO2
(Shielded)
(Shielded)
W
W
G
G
R
R
B
B
14 C 15 C 16 C 17 C 18 C 19 C 6 B 9 B 10 B 9 A 19 A 8 A 18 A 10 A
SLD1 RSR+ RSR– RSL+ RSL– RMU MUTE TX+ TX– L+ L– R+ R– SGND
BU+B ACC+B GND SW1 GND SW2 ANT+B TX+ TX– MUTE
1 A 11 A 20 A 7 C 6 C 8 C 13 A R 1(A), R 4(B), R 5(C) 5 A 15 A 7 A
Radio and Player
W–R
V–W
Y–B
W–R
L–Y
GR
BR
W
B
3 II1 1 II1 2 II1

1
+B A8 IO2 A9 IO2 C10 IO2
W–R
V–W
Y–B
12 10 11
A37 W–R
AU1 EAU AU2
Antenna
Amplifier W
L–Y SEEK+ MODE B
GR
SEEK–
VOL+
BR
VOL–
C13
Combination SW
IJ
329
GR 1
20A
RADIO NO. 2
W–L
R16 R17
R Rear Door Rear Door
Speaker LH Speaker RH
G A9 IC4 1 2 1 2
W–L
GR
W
R
B
Y
W
A12 IO2 B1 IO2 1 BA1 3 BA1 1 BB1 3 BB1
(Shielded)
W–L
GR
W
R
B
Y
Connector
A B C6 IO2 C8 IO2 A6 IO2 A4 IO2

Junction
J42
A B B
(Shielded)
W–L
W–L
GR
W
W
G
R
B
Y
6 A 4 A 5 A 2 A 3 A 12 A 1 B 10 B 4 B 13 B 5 B 14 B
SGND R– R+ L– L+ ACC +B +B2 RL+ RL– RR+ RR–
S22(A), S23(B)
Stereo Component Amplifier
MUTE TX– TX+ FL+ FL– FR+ FR– CSP+ CSP–

1 A 7 A 8 A 6 B 17 B 7 B 18 B 3 B 12 B
G–B
LG
G
P
A3 IO2 A2 IO2 C4 IO2 C2 IO2 A5 IO2 A7 IO2

LG
P
W–R
G–B
G
3 IA2 1 IA2 3 IP2 8 IP2

W
R–L
W
R
L
4 3 4 3 4 3
Squawker RH
Squawker LH
S20
S21
2 1 2 1 C5
Center Speaker
LG
P
1 2 1 2
D22 D23
Door Speaker Front LH Door Speaker Front RH
330
W4
Woofer
WF+ WF– WF+ WF–

2 4 1 3
G–W
L–R
L–B
BR
8 B 19 B 9 B 20 B
WFL+ WFL– WFR+ WFR–
S22(A), S23(B)
RS+ RS– GND E

2 B 11 B 15 B 16 B
G–W
BR
J42
Junction
C D Connector
C C D D
G–W
G–W
BR
BR
4 3
1 IO1 3 IO1
BR
BR
G–W
BR
A2 IE1 R20 A4 IE1

Rear Speaker RH
G–W 4 3 BR
R19
Rear Speaker LH
BP
331
Service Hints
R1 (A) Radio and Player
(A)11–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
(A)20–Ground : Always continuity
S22 (A), S23 (B) Stereo Component Amplifier
(B) 1, (B) 10–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(B)15, (B) 16–Ground: Always continuity
: Parts Location
A37 36 J8 A 38 R18 41
C5 37 J9 B 38 R19 41
C13 37 J42 40 R20 41
D22 40 R1 A 39 S20 41
D23 40 R4 B 39 S21 41
E4 37 R5 C 39 S22 A 41
J6 38 R16 41 S23 B 41
J7 38 R17 41 W4 41
: Relay Blocks

3A
3B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B ((Instrument Panel Brace RH))
3E

IC3
IC4
ID1 48 Radio Installation Sub Assy Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IO1
52 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IO2
: Ground Points

IH 48 Instrument Panel Brace LH
IJ 48 Instrument Panel Brace RH
BP 54 Rear Pillar RH
332
Memo
333
Radio and Player (6 Speaker)
1 1
20A 20A 7. 5A
RADIO EFI ACC
NO. 1 R18
2 2
2 2 8 1K
ACC GND
24 17
L–Y
LG
LG
J6
F 3E Junction A37
A10 IC4 Connector Antenna
C C Amplifier
F 3E C
9 ID1 16 ID1 +B
GR
1
P
L
L–Y
GR
GR
5 IC3 11 IC3 W–B

GR
B
A 3B B 3A
GR
P
8 A
2 2 ANT+B
A 3B 2 3 B 3A
ACC CUT Relay
R 2(A), R 3(B), R 4(C), R 5(D)

Radio and Player
ACC+B BU+B SW1 GND SW2

L–Y
GR
1 4 3 A 4 A 7 D 6 D 8 D
2 2
W–R
V–W
Y–B
L–Y
GR
W–G
3 II1 1 II1 2 II1

W–R
V–W
Y–B
16 IC3
12 10 11
AU1 EAU AU2
W–G
SEEK+ MODE
5 IM2
W–G
SEEK–
15 (2UZ–FE)
14 (1GR–FE)
ACCR VOL+
E4
Engine
W–B
Control
Module
VOL–
C13
Combination SW
IH
334
10A
DOME
R18
2
SLD RSR+ RSR– RSL+ RSL– RMUT MUTE TX+ TX– +B
R
10 9 8 7 6 11 21 22 23 12
LG
(Shielded)
1 ID1 C2 IC4
LG
LG
LG
W
R
3 ID1 4 ID1 5 ID1 6 ID1 7 ID1 2 ID1 12 ID1 11 ID1 10 ID1
J 8(A), J 9(B)
F B D
Connector
Connector
Junction
Junction
J7
(Shielded)
D
H A
W
G
R
R
B
14 D 15 D 16 D 17 D 18 D 19 D 6 C 9 C 10 C
SLD1 RSR+ RSR– RSL+ RSL– RMU MUTE TX+ TX–
R 2(A), R 3(B), R 4(C), R 5(D)

Radio and Player
GND FL+ FL– FR+ FR– RL+ RL– RR+ RR–

7 A 2 A 6 A 1 A 5 A 2 B 6 B 1 B 3 B
LG
W
R
P
Y
L
BR
3 IA2 1 IA2 3 IP2 8 IP2 1 BA1 3 BA1 1 BB1 3 BB1

R–L
W
R
R
B
Y
L
4 3 4 3
Squawker RH
Squawker LH
S20
S21
2 1 2 1
LG
P
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
BR
D22 D23 R16 R17

Door Speaker Door Speaker Rear Door Rear Door
Front LH Front RH Speaker LH Speaker RH
IJ
335
Radio and Player (6 Speaker)
Service Hints
R2 (A) Radio and Player
(A) 3–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
: Parts Location
A37 36 J7 38 R5 D 39
C13 37 J8 A 38 R16 41
D22 40 J9 B 38 R17 41
D23 40 R2 A 39 R18 41
E4 37 R3 B 39 S20 41
J6 38 R4 C 39 S21 41
: Relay Blocks

3A
3B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B ((Instrument Panel Brace RH))
3E

IC3
IC4
: Ground Points

336
Memo
337
Navigation System, Radio and Player (w/ Navigation System),TOYOTA Parking Assist (Rear View Monitor)

R 6(A), R 7(B), R 8(C), R 9(D), R10(E), R11(F), R12(G)
1 1 1 Radio and Player with Display
10A 20A 7. 5A 20A

DOME EFI ACC RADIO
NO. 1
ACC +B CA+ GND V+ V–
2 2 2 11 G 1 G 2 A 4 A 1 A 3 A
2 2 8 1K 2
L–Y
(* 1)
(* 1)
W
R
B
J6
Junction
P
Connector A10 IC4

C C A1 IE1 A7 IE1 A5 IE1 A3 IE1
L–Y
GR
F 3E C
L–Y
(*1)
(*1)
GR
W
R
B
F 3E
B 3A A 3B B 3A A 3B
3 BD2 2 BD2 1 BD2 4 BD2
GR
P
L
C2 IC4
BR
W
R
B
5 IC3 11 IC3
B4
B 3A A 3B A 3B
GR
P
L–Y
L–Y
GR
GR
R
2 2
B7
Connector
D 2 3
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
ACC CUT Relay
W
Junction
B
C9 IO2
J7
BR
D
1 4 9 BH1 5 BH1 4 BH1 10 BH1

L–Y
2 2
(* 1)
(* 1)
W
R
B
W–G
B9
9 ID1 BR
16 IC3
1 2 4 3
LG
W–G
5 IM2 T11
Television Camera
W–G
15 (2UZ–FE)
14 (1GR–FE) L–Y
ACCR
E4 L–Y
Engine
Control
Module GR
LG
320
TOYOTA Parking Assist (Rear View Monitor)
* 1 : Shielded
R 6(A), R 7(B), R 8(C), R 9(D), R10(E), R11(F), R12(G)

Radio and Player with Display
RSR+ RSR– RSL+ RSL– SLD1 RMU MUTE TX+ TX– R+ R– L+ L– SLD
15 E 16 E 17 E 18 E 14 E 19 E 6 F 9 F 10 F 2 F 3 F 4 F 5 F 1 F
(*1)
(*1)
W
G
R
R
B
(*1)
4 ID1 5 ID1 6 ID1 7 ID1 3 ID1 2 ID1 12 ID1 11 ID1 10 ID1
(*1)
(*1)
W
G
R
B
(* 1)
(* 1)
LG
LG
LG
W
(*1)
9 8 7 6 10 11 21 22 23 5 4 3 2 6
RSR+ RSR– RSL+ RSL– SLD RMUT MUTE TX+ TX– R+ R– L+ L– SLD
R18 D6
Rear Seat Audio Controller DVD Automatic Changer
ACC +B GND LMUT TXL– TXL+ TX1+ TX1– MUTE +B
24 12 17 18 20 19 20 19 1 17
P–B
L–Y
LG
LG
LG
LG
LG
LG
W
1 ID1 16 ID1 15 ID1 13 ID1 14 ID1

P–B
LG
R
R
H A
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Connector
Junction
W–B
F B F B
R
L–Y
L–Y L–Y
GR GR
LG R
R
W–B
IH
321
Navigation System, Radio and Player (w/ Navigation System),
R 6(A), R 7(B), R 8(C), R 9(D), R10(E), R11(F), R12(G)

VAL+ ADPG VA– VR SYNC B G R VG TX+ TX– SW1 GND SW2

3 B 6 B 5 B 1 C 8 C 3 C 7 C 2 C 6 C 5 C 10 C 7 E 6 E 8 E
W–R
V–W
Y–B
3 II1 1 II1 2 II1
W–R
V–W
Y–B
12 10 11
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
AU1 EAU AU2
W
G
G
R
R
Y
B
SEEK+ MODE
(*1)
(*1)
P
3 IQ1 2 IQ1 4 IQ1 5 IQ1 6 IQ1 1 IQ1 C12 IO2 C15 IO2
SEEK–
Combination SW
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
VOL+
W
G
G
R
R
Y
C13
VOL–
27 28 29 1 A 8 A 3 A 7 A 2 A 6 A 5 A 10 A
NTSC SGND SLD2 VR SYNC B G R VG TX+ TX–
D6 N 3(A), N 4(B)
DVD Automatic Changer Navigation ECU
ACC GND AUO+ AUO– +B GND ACC SPD REV MUTE AUI+ AUI–
18 21 2 B 11 B 9 B 17 B 18 B 5 B 14 B 15 B 1 B 10 B
V–W
R–Y
V–R
L–Y
GR
BR
LG
LG
L
L
Connector
C7 IO2 C5 IO2 A
Junction
W–B
GR
J42
P
A A A10 IO2 C1 IO2 C3 IO2
3 IA2 1 IA2 L
R–L
LG
L
R–Y
GR
GR
C B 4 3 V–W
J31(A), J32(B)
Squawker LH
Connector
Connector
B
Junction
Junction
J33
V–R
S20
A A A A B
2 1
P
A12 IO2 A1 IO2

1 2
V–R
GR
W–B
GR
GR
D22 GR
Door Speaker
Front LH
L–Y R–Y
GR V–R
R R
A
BR
J37
Junction
Connector
IK BM
322
* 1 : Shielded
R 6(A), R 7(B), R 8(C), R 9(D), R10(E), R11(F), R12(G)

ANT L+ L– R+ R– SGND TX+ TX– MUTE PKB GND SPD REV

13 G 9 G 19 G 8 G 18 G 10 G 5 G 15 G 7 G 1 D 20 G 3 D 5 D
LG
B
20 1J
W–R
1
(* 1)
(* 1)
W
W
G
R
B
+B R–Y
1 1E V–R
LG
A37 BR
Antenna
Amplifier C11 IO2 C13 IO2 C14 IO2 C17 IO2 C16 IO2 A8 IO2 A9 IO2 C10 IO2
Parking Brake SW
1
W–R
(* 1)
(* 1)
W
W
G
R
P4
3 A 2 A 5 A 4 A 6 A 8 A 7 A 1 A
L+ L– R+ R– SGND TX+ TX– MUTE
S22(A), S23(B)
FL– FL+ N–MU ACC FR+ FR– RL+ RL– RR+ RR– CSP+ CSP–
17 B 6 B 21 A 12 A 7 B 18 B 4 B 13 B 5 B 14 B 3 B 12 B
V–W
G–B
GR
LG
G
R
V
Y
L
C4 IO2 C2 IO2 C6 IO2 C8 IO2 A6 IO2 A4 IO2 A5 IO2 A7 IO2

LG
W
R
B
Y
L
A2 IO2 A3 IO2
L 3 IP2 8 IP2 1 BA1 3 BA1 1 BB1 3 BB1

W
LG
R
V–W 4 3
G–B
W
G
R
B
Y
Squawker RH
S21
4 3
2 1
LG
1 2 1 2 1 2
GR D23 R16 R17

Door Speaker Rear Door Rear Door C5
Front RH Speaker LH Speaker RH Center Speaker
R–Y R–Y
V–R V–R
R R
323
20A 15A
RADIO IG1
NO. 2
2 8 1J
W–L
Y–R
A9 IC4 A
J7
Junction
W–L
Connector
R–Y
A
Y–R
V–R
BR H
J20
Junction
W4 Connector
Woofer
H
J42 B1 IO2
Y–R
Junction
Connector
WF+ WF– WF+ WF– B W–L A
J25
2 4 1 3 Junction
B B Connector
G–W
V–R
L–R
L–B
BR
A
W–L
W–L
Y–R
8 B 19 B 9 B 20 B 1 B 10 B
WFL+ WFL– WFR+ WFR– +B +B2 B 3D
S22(A), S23(B) 2 IM1

RS+ RS– GND E
Y–R
2 B 11 B 15 B 16 B B 3D B 3D
G–W
BR
3
V–R
V–R
BR
BR
J42 Park/Neutral
Junction Position SW
C D Connector
C D
P1
G–W
BR
C D 2
G–W
BR
R–Y
Connector
1 IO1 4 3 3 IO1 B
Junction
J29
G–W
1 IM1
BR
A2 IE1 A4 IE1
V–R
R–Y
R–Y
R20
Rear Speaker RH
G–W
BR
A A
4 3 J33
Junction
Connector
A
BR
BR
R–Y
R19
Rear Speaker LH
R–Y
V–R V–R
R R
BR
BP IJ
324
7. 5A
GAUGE
4 1G
R–L
15 C
Speedometer
Combination Meter
C 9(B), C10(C)
5 B 16 C 4 B 13 C
GR–R
V–R
BR
R
16
1 1G SP1 7 IM1
S8
11 1K Skid Control ECU
BR
V–R
EF
325
Service Hints
R12 (G) Radio and Player with Display
(G)11–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
(G) 1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(G)20–Ground : Always continuity
S22 (A), S23 (B) Stereo Component Amplifier
(B) 1, (B) 10–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(B)15, (B) 16–Ground: Always continuity
N4 (B) Navigation ECU
(B)18–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
(B) 9–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(B)17–Ground : Always continuity
: Parts Location
A37 36 J29 38 R10 E 39
C5 37 J31 A 38 R11 F 39
C9 B 37 J32 B 38 R12 G 39
C10 C 37 J33 38 R16 41
C13 37 J37 38 R17 41
D6 37 J42 40 R18 41
D22 40 N3 A 41 R19 41
D23 40 N4 B 41 R20 41
E4 37 33 (2UZ–FE) S8 39
P1
J6 38 35 (1GR–FE) S20 41
J7 38 P4 39 S21 41
J8 A 38 R6 A 39 S22 A 41
J9 B 38 R7 B 39 S23 B 41
J20 38 R8 C 39 T11 41
J25 38 R9 D 39 W4 41
: Relay Blocks

1G
( Finish Panel))
1K
3A
3B
3D
3E
326
IC3
IC4
IM1
IM2
IO1
52 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IO2
IQ1 52 Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Ground Points

44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
BP 54 Rear Pillar RH
: Splice Points
B4 B9 54 Back Door No.2 Wire
54 Back Door No
No.1
1 Wire
B7
327
Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater

B 4(A), B 5(B)
Body ECU
1
140A 15A 7. 5A ACC RDEF GND2 GND1

ALT IG1 ACC
22 6 16 4
2
B–R
5 1 20 1E 3 1B 2 1H
DEFOG Relay
4 Y–G
Y–R
W–B
R
3 2
E
J1
Junction
2 2 2 2 Connector
E
W–B
Y–G
B–R
Y–R
Y–R
R
1 A
R21(A), R22(B)
Rear Window
Defogger
1 B
W–B
J 2(A), J 3(B)
B B
Connector
Junction
3 BH1
B A
W–B
W–B
W–B
B6
W–B
10 BD1
W–B
W–B
A A A A
J40(A), J41(B)
Connector
Junction
A B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
EB BO BL
314
B 4(A), B 5(B)
Body ECU
DEF DEFSW DIND

27 A 1 B 5 B
B–R
(2UZ–FE)
G–R
Y–G
G
2
Y–G
1 1
4 11
10A J6 DFSW DIND

7 BH1 30A Junction Connector
DEFOG MIR
HEATER
GND
B
2 2 B B B 7 D3
Defogger SW
4 BD1 2 2
W–B
B–L
B–L
B–L
Y–G
Y–G
B–L
B1 IE1 C10 IC4 D4 IC4 18 IA1 18 IP1

Y–G
Y–G
B–L
G–B
D A D A G–B
J22(A), J23(B)
Mirror Heater RH
Mirror Heater LH
Connector
4 4
Junction
E B
M3
M4
B 3F
(2UZ–FE)
5 5
W–B
Y–G
W–B
W–B
B 3F B 3F
B
W–B
W–B
Connector
Junction
J38
B
W–B
W–B
W–B
4 IA2 4 IP2
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
Connector
Connector
A A A
Junction
Junction
W–B W–B A J5 A
Junction
J37
J24
Connector
IG IK II
315
B 4(A), B 5(B) B 8(A), B 9(B)

SIG BECU MPX2 MPX2 BECU SIG GND IC+ IC1 IC2 IC–
10 11 23 A 1 A 5 A 6 A 3 A 11 B 16 B 17 B 23 B
(See Page 58)
BR–R
W–B
L–R
10A ECU–IG
10A ECU–B
W–R
L–W
Y–G
B–O
2 A14 IE1 9 BD1 7 BD1 5 BD1
2
W–R
W–R
B–R
8 1F 4 1B 12 1F
1 6 2 3
BR–R SSRB PLS2 PLS E
W–R
W–R
B–R
B11
Motor
W–B
316
System Outline
∗ Start control
Turning the rear window defogger SW ON, with the ignition SW ON and the back door window fully closed, initiates
operation of the rear window defogger and illuminates the indicator lamp for 15 minutes.
∗ Stop control
When any one of the following conditions exists, rear window defogger operation comes to a stop and the indicator lamp
goes out.
∗ The ignition SW is turned from the ON position to either the ACC or OFF position.
∗ The rear window defogger SW is pressed ON again when rear window defogger operation is already under way.
∗ The back door window is open.
Service Hints
DEFOG Relay
5–3 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON position and rear window defogger SW on
D3 Defogger SW
4–7 : Continuity with the ignition SW at ON position and rear window defogger SW on
: Parts Location
B4 A 36 J2 A 35 (1GR–FE) J38 40
B5 B 36 33 (2UZ–FE) J40 A 40
J3 B
B8 A 40 35 (1GR–FE) J41 B 40
B9 B 40 J5 38 M3 41
B11 40 J6 38 M4 41
D3 37 J22 A 38 R21 A 41
33 (2UZ–FE) J23 B 38 R22 B 41
J1
35 (1GR–FE) J24 38
J2 A 33 (2UZ–FE) J37 38
: Relay Blocks

1B
1E

IA1
IA2
IP1
IP2
317
: Ground Points

44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
: Splice Points
B6 54 Back Door No.1 Wire
318
Memo
319
Rear Wiper and Washer

B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
1
10A 10A 7. 5A 15A

RR WIG ACC SIG BECU GND2 GND1
ECU–B ECU–IG ACC
WSH
1 22 10 11 16 4
2
W–R
8 1F 4 1B 12 1F 2 1H
W–R
W–R
W–B
B–R
W–B
W–R
B–R
Connector
A
Junction
A W–B
J5
IG
184
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
RDA PRG BDN BUP COM WMTR RWON RWINT MPX2

4 B 3 B 8 B 10 B 19 B 2 10 C 9 C 23 A
(See Page 58)
1 1B
1
BR–R
B–O
Washer Motor
10A
DOME 3
BR–W
GR–R
Y–R
B–Y
B–L
M
W2
2 A14 IE1
4
2
LG–B
R
6 3 1
DOWN UP E
C2 IC4 3 IC3 6 IH1 7 IH1 BR–R
R
BR–W
GR–R
LG–B
B1
D Back Door Power Window
J7 Control SW
Junction
Connector
D
12 10
G–O
L–R
Washer
Rear Wiper and
OFF
A12 IE1 A13 IE1 A15 IE1
Washer SW
INT
G–O
L–R
ON
2 3 5 Washer
RDA PRG +B C14 2 13

Combination SW
BR–W
E
1 D7
Door Control
Receiver
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
Connector
A A A A A A A
Junction
J40(A), J41(B)
Connector
J15
Junction
A B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–R W–R
B–R B–R
W–B
BO BL
185
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
MPX2 IC+ IC1 IC2 IC– HALF FULL LSE GND BECU SIG BDR
1 A 11 B 16 B 17 B 23 B 6 B 7 B 21 B 3 A 5 A 6 A 4 A
W–B
L–R
R
L
W–R
L–W
R–G
G–Y
Y–G
B–O
B–R
9 BD1 10 BD1 7 BD1 5 BD1 6 BD1
W–R
W–B
B–R
L–O
1 6 2 3 5 6 3
BR–R SSRB PLS2 PLS E
B11
Back Door Power Window Motor
B7
L–O
W–B
W–R
B–R
186
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
1
SGND P W WIP+ WIP– 30A

POWER
18 B 12 B 3 B 2 B 1 B
2 1F
BR–B
R–G
G–R
Y–G
P–B
L–O
1 3 5 4
Return
Position
Furthest M
Position
Stop
2 R23
Rear Wiper Motor
Rear Wiper Position SW
L–O
187
System Outline
∗ Rear wiper operation
The back door ECU initiates rear wiper intermittent or continuous operation according to rear wiper SW command from the
body ECU. At this point, the position of the back door window is confirmed and, if it is not fully closed, the command will be
neglected preventing the rear wiper from starting.
If the ignition SW is turned OFF while the rear wiper is operating, it comes to a stop but only after the wiper arm has
returned to its initial position.
∗ Rear washer operation
Turning the rear washer SW ON, with the ignition SW ON and the back door window fully closed, initiates rear washer
operation.
Service Hints
C14 Combination SW
10–Ground : Continuity with the rear wiper SW at ON position
13–Ground : Continuity with the rear wiper SW at INT position
Body ECU
1, 10–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
: Parts Location
B1 36 B9 B 40 J15 38
B4 A 36 B11 40 J40 A 40
B5 B 36 C14 37 J41 B 40
B6 C 36 D7 40 R23 41
B7 40 J5 38 33 (2UZ–FE)
W2
B8 A 40 J7 38 35 (1GR–FE)
: Relay Blocks


IC3
IC4
188
: Ground Points

189
Remote Control Mirror
7. 5A 20A
ACC EFI
8 1K F 3E F 3E 2
P
5 IC3
L
P
GR
2 2
17 IA1
C 3 2
J6
L–W
Junction
Connector ACC CUT
R24 C Relay
Remote Control Mirror SW 8
4 1
Operation SW
2 2
GR
/Down
Down
Left
Right
Up
Left
Right
/Up
W–G
Select SW
11 IC3 16 IC3
LH RH LH RH
W–G
HL HR VL VR M+ E GR
5 2 4 3 6 7
W–B
G–R
P–G
P–B
Y–B
5 IM2
L–Y
W–G
C B
Y–B C J38
Junction 15 (2UZ–FE)
Connector
14 (1GR–FE)
C B
ACCR
W–B
G–R
L–R
L–Y
E4
Engine
15 IA1 14 IA1 16 IA1 4 IA2 Control
Module
LG–R
LG–B
Y–B
16 IP1 15 IP1 17 IP1

W–B
G–R
P–G
P–B
Y–B
L–R
L–Y
2 3 1 3 2 1
MH MV M+ MV MH M+
M M M M
A
J5
Junction
Connector
M3 M4
Remote Control Mirror LH Remote Control Mirror RH IG
288
Service Hints
R24 Remote Control Mirror SW
8–6 : Continuity with the operation SW at DOWN or RIGHT position
6–7 : Continuity with the operation SW at UP or LEFT position
8–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the the ignition SW at ACC or ON position
: Parts Location
E4 37 J38 40 R24 41
J5 38 M3 41
J6 38 M4 41
: Relay Blocks

3E 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

IA1
IA2
: Ground Points

289
Seat Belt Warning

B 4(A)
Body ECU
1
10A 10A 7. 5A ACC SIG BECU GND2 GND1

ECU–B ECU–IG ACC
22 10 11 16 4
(See Page 58)
2
2 1
10A 7. 5A
W–R
DOME GAUGE
4 1B 2 1H 2 4 1G
W–R
W–B
R–L
R
C2 IC4
R
D
J7
Junction
Connector
D
R–L
R
W–B
A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG
174
B 4(A)
Body ECU
DBKL 15A
IG1
13 A
G–Y
8 1J
J20(A), J21(B)
B B Junction Connector
C 9(B), C10(C)
Combination Meter
Y–R
D A D A
G–Y
Driver’ s Seat Belt
G–Y
Buzzer A
A8 IE1
J7
Junction
Connector
G–Y
A
F A 3
Buckle SW LH
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Connector
Y–R
Junction
B12
15 C 16 C 18 B 13 C 13 B 12 B H B
4
GR–B
G–Y
BR
R
R–L
W–B
G–Y
Junction Connector
H A
F B J20(A)
Junction
J 8(A), J 9(B)
7 IM1 11 IO1 Connector

H A
LG
GR–B
BR
H A H A
Y–R
R
Passenger Seat Belt
R 3 2
Occupant Detection Sensor
PBEW
Warning Light
B IG+ A
Buckle SW RH
J25
D3
1 2 Junction
Connector
A
B13
Y–R
R
3
Y–R
A 3C
W–B
A 3C
R
BR
EF BM BL
175
Seat Belt Warning
System Outline
When the driver has not fastened the seat belt while the ignition SW is ON, the driver seat belt warning light blinks, and a
warning buzzer comes on.
Also, in the front passenger seat, a sensor recognizes passenger, and when the passenger has not fastened the seat belt,
the front passenger seat belt warning light blinks.
Service Hints
B12 Buckle SW LH
3–4 : Continuity with driver’s seat belt in use
B13 Buckle SW RH
Occupant Detection Sensor
2–3 : Continuity with front passenger sit on front passenger seat and front passenger’s seat belt not use
: Parts Location
B4 A 36 D3 37 J20 A 38
B12 42 J5 38 J21 B 38
B13 42 J7 38 J25 38
C9 B 37 J8 A 38
C10 C 37 J9 B 38
: Relay Blocks

1G
1H 25 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
1J
3C 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

: Ground Points

44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
176
Memo
177
Seat Heater

Y–R
1
W–B
25A 15A
SEAT HEATER IG1
W–B
2 8 1J
1
LG
Seat Heater SW LH
Y–R
A6 IC4
LG
S4
Connector
A IG RV SW
Junction
F 3C 3 2 4
J7
Y
F 3C F 3C C5 IE1 C4 IE1
LG
LG
Y–R
Y–R
Y–R
Junction Connector
J43(A), J44(B)
2 IO1 C2 IE1 F A G A
A A A H B G B
LG
LG
J25
Junction Connector
(* 1)
(* 2)
(* 1)
(* 2)
BR
R
V
5 1
S24
Seat Heater LH
4 6
W–B
(* 1)
(* 2)
LG
Junction Connector
J43(A), J44(B)
A B F B
E A H A
LG
W–B
LG
BL
306
* 1 : Limited
* 2 : SR5 Grade
Y–R
W–B
W–B
Y–R
3 1
IG E
Seat Heater SW RH
S5
RV SW
2 4
R
12 IO1 7 IO1
R
Junction Connector
J45(A), J46(B)
G A F A
G B H B
W–B
W–B
BR
B 3F B 3F
5 1
B 3F B 3F
S25
Seat Heater RH
4 6
W–B
B
Junction Connector
J45(A), J46(B)
W–B
W–B
A B F B
E A H A
LG
W–B
A A
LG J24 J37
Junction Junction
Connector Connector
BM II IK
307
Seat Heater
Service Hints
S4, S5 Seat Heater SW LH, RH
: Parts Location
J7 38 J43 A 42 S4 39
J24 38 J44 B 42 S5 39
J25 38 J45 A 42 S24 42
J37 38 J46 B 42 S25 42
: Relay Blocks

3C
3F

: Ground Points

308
Memo
309
Shift Lock
7. 5A 10A 10A
ACC STOP ECU–IG
8 1K 2 28 1J
G–W
B–R
2
B 3C G
S12 J20
Stop Light SW Junction
Connector
G
B 3C 1
P
G–Y
G–Y
B–R
F 3E
15 IC3 E
J4 A
Junction J12
Connector Junction
G–Y
F 3E E Connector
A
G–Y
B–R
P
S6
6 7 Shift Lock Control ECU
ACC STP
KLS+ E IG
12 8 1
W–B
L–W
B–R
1 IJ1 A 3D
L–W
A 3D
B–R
4
Key Interlock
Solenoid
K3
B 3F
3
B
W–B
W–B
3F
Connector
A B 3F
Junction
J15
A
W–B
W–B
W–B
Connector
A A A
Junction
A W–B A J37 J24

Junction Junction
J5
Connector Connector
IG IK II
286
System Outline
When the ignition SW is turned to ACC position the current from the ACC fuse flows to TERMINAL 6 of the shift lock control
ECU. When the ignition SW is turned to ON position, the current from the ECU–IG fuse flows to TERMINAL 1 of the shift lock
control ECU.
1. Shift Lock Mechanism
If the brake pedal is depressed with the ignition SW set at ON (The stop light SW is on), the shift lock control ECU is
activated, allowing the driver to change the shift lever to a position other than the P position.
2. Key Interlock Mechanism
With the ignition SW at ON or ACC position, when the shift lever is put in P position, the current flowing from TERMINAL 12
of the shift lock control ECU to key interlock solenoid is cut off. This causes the key interlock solenoid to turn off (Lock lever
disengages from LOCK position) and the ignition key can be turned from ACC to LOCK position.
Service Hints
S6 Shift Lock Control ECU
7–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the brake pedal depressed
: Parts Location
J4 38 J20 38 S6 39
J5 38 J24 38 S12 39
J12 38 J37 38
J15 38 K3 39
: Relay Blocks

1J
1K
3C
3D
3E
3F

IJ1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Ground Points

287
SRS
NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS, perform the operation in accordance with the following precautionary
instructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair Manual for the applicable model year.
Malfunction symptoms of the SRS are difficult to confirm, so the DTCs become the most important source of information
when troubleshooting. When troubleshooting the SRS, always inspect the DTCs before disconnecting the battery.
Work must be started after 90 seconds from when the ignition switch is turned to the ”LOCK” position and the
negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.
(The SRS is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within 90 seconds from
disconnecting the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be deployed.)
When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, the memory of the clock and audio system will be
canceled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized in the audio memory system. When work is
finished, reset the audio systems as they were before and adjust the clock. This vehicle has power tilt and power
telescopic steering, power seat and power outside rear view mirror which are all equipped with memory function.
However, it is not possible to make a record of the memory contents. So when the work is finished, it will be necessary
to explain this fact tot the customer, and ask the customer to adjust the features and reset the memory. To avoid erasing
the memory in each memory system, never use a back–up power supply from outside the vehicle.
Before repairs, remove the airbag sensor if shocks are likely to be applied to the sensor during repairs.
Do not expose the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, curtain shield airbag
assembly, seat belt pretensioner, front airbag sensor assembly, airbag sensor assembly or side airbag sensor assembly
directly to hot air or flames.
Even in cases of a minor collision where the SRS does not deploy, the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag
assembly, side airbag assembly, curtain shield airbag assembly, seat belt pretensioner, front airbag sensor assembly,
airbag sensor assembly and side airbag sensor assembly should be inspected.
Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing parts, replace them with new parts.
Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, curtain
shield airbag assembly, seat belt pretensioner, front airbag sensor assembly, airbag sensor assembly or side airbag
sensor assembly in order to reuse it.
If the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, curtain shield airbag assembly, seat
belt pretensioner, front airbag sensor assembly, airbag sensor assembly or side airbag sensor assembly has been
dropped, or if there are cracks, dents or other defects in the case, bracket or connector, replace them with new ones.
Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V minimum) for troubleshooting the system’s electrical circuits.
Information labels are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow the instructions on the notices.
After work on the SRS is completed, perform the SRS warning light check.
If the vehicle is equipped with a mobile communication system, refer to the precaution in the IN section of the Repair
Manual.
277
SRS
C16 C17
S18 S19 Curtain Shield Curtain Shield S26
Side Airbag Sensor Rear LH Side Airbag Sensor Rear RH Airbag Squib LH Airbag Squib RH Side Airbag Squib LH
CSL+ CSL– VUCL ESCL CSR+ CSR– VUCR ESCR SFL+ SFL–
3 2 4 1 3 2 4 1 1 2 1 2 1 2
GR–R
LG–B
LG–B
L–W
Y–O
Y–O
Y–G
Y–R
Y–V
Y–V
L–Y
L–B
G
R
15 A 1 A 14 A 13 A 18 D 4 D 19 D 20 D 9 A 10 A 8 D 7 D 12 A 11 A
CSL+ CSL– VUCL ESCL CSR+ CSR– VUCR ESCR ICL+ ICL– ICR+ ICR– SFL+ SFL–
A30(A), A31(B), A32(C), A33(D), A34(E)
Airbag Sensor Assembly
E1 GSW2 D– D+ D2+ D2– P+ P– P2+ P2– E2 PL+ PL– PR+ PR–

27 C 23 C 13 C 14 C 16 C 17 C 10 C 11 C 8 C 7 C 28 C 8 A 7 A 9 D 10 D (*1)
2 B 1 B 5 E 6 E (*2)
L
Y–GR
W–B
W–B
Y–O
Y–G
Y–R
Y–B
Y–V
Y–P
Y–B
Y–B
2 IL1
Y
Y
L
14 2 1 4 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2
F/PS D– D+ D2+ D2– P+ P– P2+ P2–
E8 P16 P17
Engine Control Pretensioner LH Pretensioner RH
Module
A36 A35
Airbag Squib Airbag Squib
(Steering Wheel Pad) (Front Passenger
Airbag Assembly)
IJ IH
278
From Power Source System (See Page 58) * 1 : w/ Side Airbag
* 2 : w/o Side Airbag
10A
SRS
20 1L B–Y
D1
B
B–O
SIL TC G–Y
7 13
R–Y
P–L
S27 G–W
Side Airbag Squib RH
Connector
G H
Junction
R–B
J18
G H
R–Y
P–L
SFR+ SFR–
1 2
A 3A C 3C
Y–G
Y–R
G–W
G–Y
R–B
A 3A C 3C
B
B–O
B–Y
R–Y
P–L
14 D 19 A 4 A 3 A (*1)
5 D 6 D 12 C 19 C 5 C 3 C 8 E 11 B 3 B 8 B (*2)
SFR+ SFR– SIL TC IG2 LA RBE+ LBE+ LSP+ LSP–
A30(A), A31(B), A32(C), A33(D), A34(E)
Airbag Sensor Assembly
+SL –SL +SR –SR SSL+ SSL– VUPL ESL SSR+ SSR– VUPR ESR
15 C 26 C 9 C 20 C 17 A 20 A 16 A 18 A 16 D 13 D 17 D 15 D
BR–W
W–R
B–W
BR
GR–L
LG–B
L–W
L–Y
P–L
GR
LG
2 IC1 1 IC1 2 IN2 1 IN2

BR–W
W–R
B–W
BR
2 1 2 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4 1
+SL –SL +SR –SR SSL+ SSL– VUPL ESL SSR+ SSR– VUPR ESR
A14 A15 S16 S17

Airbag Sensor Airbag Sensor Side Airbag Sensor Front LH Side Airbag Sensor Front RH
Front LH Front RH
279
SRS
7. 5A
GAUGE
B–Y 4 1G
G–Y
G–W
R–B
B–Y
R–L
B
G–W
R–B
G–Y
5 6 1 4 2 15
B13
Buckle SW
RH
SRS
B12 4
Buckle SW LH
Seat Position Airbag
Sensor
C10 13
Combination Meter
W–B
W–B
BR
7 IM1
BR
BL BM EF
280
System Outline
The SRS is a driver and front passenger protection device which has a supplemental role to the seat belts.
When the ignition SW is turned to ON, the current from the SRS fuse flows to TERMINAL (C) 5 of the airbag sensor
assembly.
If an accident occurs while driving, when the frontal impact exceeds a set level, the current from the SRS fuse flows to
TERMINALS (C) 14, (C) 16, (C) 10, (C) 8, (A) 8 (w/ side airbag) or (B) 2 (w/o side airbag) and (D) 9 (w/ side airbag) or (E) 5
(w/o side airbag) of the airbag sensor assembly to the airbag squibs and the pretensioners to TERMINALS (C) 13, (C) 17,
(C) 11, (C) 7, (A) 7 (w/ side airbag) or (B) 1 (w/o side airbag) and (D) 10 (w/ side airbag) or (E) 6 (w/o side airbag) of the
airbag sensor assembly to TERMINAL (C) 27, (C) 28 or BODY GROUND to GROUND, so that current flows to the airbag
squibs and the pretensioners and causes them to operate.
When the side impact also exceeds a set level, the current from the SRS fuse flows to TERMINALS (A) 12, (D) 5, (A) 9 and
(D) 8 of the airbag sensor assembly to the side airbag squibs and the curtain shield airbag squibs TERMINALS (A) 11, (D) 6,
(A) 10 and (D) 7 of the airbag sensor assembly to TERMINAL (C) 27, (C) 28 or BODY GROUND to GROUND, causing side
airbag squibs and curtain shield airbag squibs to operate.
The airbag stored inside the steering wheel pad is instantaneously expanded to soften the shock to the driver.
The airbag stored inside the passenger’s instrument panel is instantaneously expanded to soften the shock to the front
passenger.
Side airbags are instantaneously expanded to soften the shock of side to the driver and front passenger.
The curtain shield airbag can ease an impact on the head of the front and rear passengers and reduce risks of injury.
The pretensioners make sure of the seat belt restrainability.
: Parts Location
32 (2UZ–FE) A35 36 J18 38
A14
34 (1GR–FE) A36 36 P16 41
32 (2UZ–FE) B12 42 P17 41
A15
34 (1GR–FE) B13 42 S16 41
A30 A 36 C10 37 S17 41
A31 B 36 C16 40 S18 41
A32 C 36 C17 40 S19 41
A33 D 36 D1 37 S26 42
A34 E 36 E8 37 S27 42
1G
1L
3A
3C

: Ground Points

44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
281
Starting
* 1: 2UZ–FE
* 2: 1GR–FE
* 3: 1GR–FE Cold Area Spec.
* 4: 1GR–FE Except Cold Area Spec.
7 AM2 IG2
ST2 8 G–B
G–B
I18
Ignition SW
3 1D
R
7. 5A
STA
NO. 2
R
E6
2 1K
B–Y
B–Y
B–Y
R
B–Y
2 2 D2 IC4 11 IM1
R
B–Y
B–Y
5 1
D (*1)
STA Relay
Connector
Connector
G G A (*2)
Junction
Junction
L–Y
J35
J28
3 2 G D D (* 1)
2 A A (* 2)
B–Y
B–Y
B–Y
2 2
2
W–B
Y–G
30A 6
AM2
Park/Neutral
Position SW
P
Combination Meter
1 N
P1
6 EA1 (* 1) 9 6 IM2 (*1)

J 2(A), J 3(B)
2 4 EA1 (* 2) B B 4 IM2 (*2)

Connector
Junction
B A
Y–G
(*1)
(*2)
Y
A (* 1)
Connector
D (* 2)
L–Y
Junction
B
J28
A A (*1)
1 B D D (*2)
B–L
(* 3)
W–B
B–Y
P
B–R 1
A M
(* 1)
W S 2(A), S 3(B)
(* 4) Starter 16 A 9 B 17 A 12 C
NSW STAR STA STSW
Battery
E 4(A), E 5(B), E 6(C)

EB
62
Service Hints
I18 Ignition SW
7–8 : Closed with the ignition SW at ST position
S2 (A), S3 (B) Starter
Points closed with the shift lever at P or N position and the ignition SW at ST position
: Parts Location
E4 A 37 33 (2UZ–FE) 33 (2UZ–FE)
J3 B S2 A
E5 B 37 35 (1GR–FE) 35 (1GR–FE)
E6 C 37 J28 38 33 (2UZ–FE)
S3 B
I18 37 J35 38 35 (1GR–FE)
33 (2UZ–FE) 33 (2UZ–FE)
J2 A P1
35 (1GR–FE) 35 (1GR–FE)
: Relay Blocks

1D 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

44 (2UZ–FE)
EA1 Engine No
No.2
46 (1GR–FE)
IM1
IM2
: Ground Points

44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
: Splice Points
E6 44 (2UZ–FE) Engine Room Main Wire E6 46 (1GR–FE) Engine Room Main Wire
63
Stop Light
10A 15A
STOP IG1
2 20 1E
G–Y
Y–R
E
J1
Junction
Connector
G–W
E D D
Y–R
Y–R
G–W
2 2
2 5 1
STOP LP CTRL
S12 4
Stop Light
SW Body ECU
Relay
1 3 2
Engine Control
STP1
G–Y
2 2 2 3 16 1F
Module
G–Y
G–B
LG
STP
E7
19
E E
J4
G–Y
Junction 24 1E 12 1J
Connector
G–B
E E
J31(A), J32(B)
Towing Brake
E B
G–Y
G–Y
Connector
Controller
Junction
12 STOP
T6
G–Y
H A
Control ECU
15 IC3 STP 4
Suspension
G–Y
G–Y
G–Y
S14
Junction Connector
B 3C B 3C C A C A J22(A), J23(B)
B 3C B 3C A B
G–Y
LG
Shift Lock Control ECU
7 20 D
STP STPO S 8(B), S 9(C), S10(D)
Skid Control ECU
STP2 STP
S6
2 B 10 C
G–Y G–Y
(* 4)
BR–Y
(* 3)
166
R14
G–Y
Rear Combination
Light LH
J40(A), J41(B) J40(A), J41(B)
Junction Connector Junction
Stop Connector
6
1
W–B W–B G–Y
A B
A A
B A
C B
BL
R15
Rear Combination T14
Light RH Towing Converter
Relay
Stop
6
1
8
W–B G–Y G–Y
A A
B A
C B
STIN
H18
High Mounted
Stop Light
2
1
W–B W–B G–Y G–Y
A A
B A
10 BD1
3 BD1
(*2) (* 2)
H18
A A
High Mounted
Stop Light
2
1
W–B W–B G–Y
BO
(*1) (* 1)

*
*
*
*
4:
3:
2:
1:
1GR–FE 2WD
w/ Rear Spoiler
w/o Rear Spoiler
Except 1GR–FE 2WD
167
Stop Light
Service Hints
S12 Stop Light SW
2–1 : Closed with the brake pedal depressed
: Parts Location
E7 37 J31 A 38 S8 B 39
H18 40 J32 B 38 S9 C 39
33 (2UZ–FE) J40 A 40 S10 D 39
J1
35 (1GR–FE) J41 B 40 S12 39
J4 38 R14 41 S14 39
J22 A 38 R15 41 T6 39
J23 B 38 S6 39 T14 41
: Relay Blocks

3C 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

: Ground Points

168
Memo
169
Taillight and Illumination
L–W
G
1 1C 5 1L 13 1F
1 5
10A
TAIL TAIL
Relay
2 3
L–W
18 9 1B 11 1B
TRLY
2
TAIL IDL
2 8 C B 4(A), B 6(C) 28 A
Body ECU
G
50A
J/B
(2UZ–FE)
1 8 IH1
G
G
2
G
140A
Front Parking Light RH
Front Parking Light LH
ALT
14
1 1
1 OFF
Combination SW
Control SW
Tail
F3
F4
Light
2 2 2
Head
C12
16
B
W–B
A B A B
J14(A), J15(B)
W–B
W–B
2
Connector
Junction
B
A A
W–B
W–B
Battery
G(2UZ–FE)
A W–B
J5
Junction
Connector
IG EB EA
158
G G
* 1 : w/ Navigation System G
* 2 : w/o Navigation System
J39
Junction Connector
G B
B B B
(2UZ–FE)
(2UZ–FE)
G
G
Junction Connector
Junction Connector
2 BD1
J20(A), J21(B)
A A B A B A B A B A
J16(A), J17(B)
E B
G
B B B B B B B B
2 BH1
(2UZ–FE)
G
G
G
G
4
License Plate Light
Diff. Lock SW
TRAC Off SW
1 1 1 1
RH
LH
Main SW
B10
M2
D4
T7
2 2 2
3
Combination SW
W–B
C13
3 BH1
Rear Combination
Rear Combination
4 4
10
W–B
Tail
Tail
Light RH
Light LH
R14
R15
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–R
6 6
10 BD1
W–B
W–B
W–B
1 II1
A A A A A A A A A B A B A B
J40(A), J41(B) A B A A J16(A), J17(B) A A

Junction Connector Junction W–R(* 1)
Connector
W–R(* 2)
W–B
W–B
W–G
G(2UZ–FE) W–G
W–B W–B
BO BL
159
J31(A), J32(B)
160
G
G
Junction Connector
W–B
E8
W–G
W–G
W–R(* 2)
W–R(* 1)
13
G G
Module
I B
D A
D 3D
ELS2
(1GR–FE) (1GR–FE)
R10(A), R12(B)
Engine Control
Radio and Player
with Display
W–R G
6 A
2 B
ILL+
GND
(*1) (* 1)
W–G W–G
12 B
C 3E
C 3E
ILL–
(*1)
R 1(A), R 2(B), R 3(C), R 5(D)

Radio and Player
W–R
6 D
6 D
GND
(*2)
W–G G G
D 3D
D 3D
ILL–
ILL+
(*2) (* 2)
5 C (*4)
12 A (*3)
10 B (*4)
2 A (*3)
D3
Defogger SW
Heater Control Panel
10
W–G W–G G
A 3F
A 3F
D 3D
ILL–
ILL+

H12
Height Control SW
1
2
W–G G
A 3F
D 3D
(*5) (* 5)
A23
Absorber Control SW
2
1
W–G W–G G G
A 3F
A 3F
D 3D
D 3D
(*5) (* 5)
D5
Downhill Assist Control SW
D
2
1
W–G W–G G
3D
A 3F
A 3F
G
C15
Cup Holder Illumination
2
1
W–G W–G G G
I7
I7
A 3F
A 3F
G
G
G
W–B
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
G G
* 1 : w/ Navigation System
* 2 : w/o Navigation System
* 3 : Except 6 Speaker
* 4 : 6 Speaker
* 5 : w/ Air Suspension
G G G G G G G G
I7 I7 I7 I7 I7 I7 I7
G
G
G
1 IR1 3 IR1
A/T Shift Lever Illumination
G
Seat Heater SW RH
Seat Heater SW LH
Ashtray Illumination
4WD Control SW
Cigarette Lighter
Hazard SW
Control SW
Illumination
6 6 4 2 2 1 1 1
H11
A22
A38
F11
C7
S4
S5
B1
5 5 5 4 1 2 2 3
W–B
W–B
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
2 IR1 4 IR1
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G W–G W–G W–G W–G

I7 I7 I7 I7 I7
W–G W–G
W–B W–B
W–G W–G
161
G From Power Source System (See Page 58)
1
7. 5A 10A
GAUGE DOME
15A
IG1 2
4 1G 2
R
8 1J
G C2 IC4
Y–R
R
G
Connector
D
Junction Connector
Junction
A C A C A
J10(A), J11(B)
J7
J7
Junction
Connector D
A
R
A B
J 8(A), J 9(B)
H A
Connector
Y–R
Junction
R–L
G
F B
R
H A
J20(A)
G
Junction 9 15 16
Connector
H A
Glove Box Light
1
G3
Tail
2
Illumination
Illumination
Y–R
Combination Meter
G
W–B
C10
1 4
IG T 7 13
Rheostat
W–G
B 3F
BR
R13
ILL– E –
Junction Connector
6 5 3
E B
J 8(A), J 9(B)
B 3F B 3F 7 IM1
W–G
W–G
W–B
W–B
W–B
A A A A
W–G
W–G
BR
W–G
W–B A A
J24 J37
W–G Junction Junction
Connector Connector
II IK EF
162
Service Hints
C12 Combination SW
14–16 : Continuity with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position
: Parts Location
A22 36 F4 34 (1GR–FE) J32 B 38
A23 36 F11 37 J37 38
A38 36 G3 37 J39 40
B1 36 H11 37 J40 A 40
B4 A 36 H12 37 J41 B 40
B6 C 36 J5 38 M2 39
B10 40 J7 38 R1 A 39
C7 37 J8 A 38 R2 B 39
C10 37 J9 B 38 R3 C 39
C12 37 J10 A 38 R5 D 39
C13 37 J11 B 38 R10 A 39
C15 37 J14 A 38 R12 B 39
D3 37 J15 B 38 R13 39
D4 37 J16 A 38 R14 41
D5 37 J17 B 38 R15 41
E8 37 J20 A 38 S4 39
32 (2UZ–FE) J21 B 38 S5 39
F3
34 (1GR–FE) J24 38 T7 39
F4 32 (2UZ–FE) J31 A 38
: Relay Blocks

1B
1C
1G
( Finish Panel))
1L
3D
3F

IR1 52 Instrument Panel Wire and Cigarette Wire (Rear Console)
163
: Ground Points

44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
: Splice Points
I7 50 Instrument Panel Wire
164
Memo
165
Theft Deterrent

B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
1 1
50A 20A 7. 5A ACC BDR1 TRLY HRLY GND2 GND1 ILE

J/B DR/LCK ACC
22 12 18 17 16 4 13
2 2
2 2 3 2
TAIL Relay
G–W
L–W
5 1
9 1E 1 1C 8 1B 2 1H 7 1A 8 1A
G–W
W–B
L–W
W
B3
B3
W
3 2 3 2
Luggage Compartment Light

DOOR
DOOR
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Interior Light
I20
L2 1
W
B3
R–B
2 2
3 2 W
HEAD
Relay
5 1
2 W–B
B
Battery
220
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
HAZ LMRY DCTY PCTY RLCY RRCY DRLP

8 3 A 23 B 24 B 11 B 12 B 12 C
R–B
P–B
V–Y
P–L
R
10A 7. 5A
DOME GAUGE
Junction Connector
H B 17 A
J18(A), J19(B)
2
R–Y
1 IC3 A11 IE1 8 IO1
2 4 1G
14 1J F A
R–L
R
Door
R–B
P–B
P–L
Combination Meter
(* 2)
C 8(A), C10(C)
W
R
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
1 1 1 1
(* 1)
W
10 IF1 2 2
Front RH
Front LH
Rear RH
Rear LH
15 C
D12
D13
D14
D15
5 2
(* 2)
W
DOME Relay
8
EHW R–L
3 1
2 2
T9
R–W
Turn Signal
R
Flasher Relay
10
HAZ
6 1E
D2
Turn Signal
Flasher Relay
9 1A
W
W–B W–B
221
Theft Deterrent
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

Body ECU
TOUT SIG
6 A 10 From Power Source System (See Page 58)
(See Page 58) (SR5 Grade)
G–R
1
10A 10A
ECU–IG SECU/HORN
10A
HORN
2
8 1F 28 1J 10 1K
2
W–G
G–R
W–L
B–R
B–R
10 1E
5 3
HORN +B2
Theft Deterrent
D3
5 1 Security Indicator Light
IND E DSWH
ECU
T5
HORN 25 29 34
Relay
GND SIND
GR–G
W–B
P–G
3 2 7 12
GR–G
W–B
1 1D 13 1K
(SR5 Grade)
6 IC3
G–R
G–R
GR–B
G–R
P–G
C A C A B 3F 1
J14(A), J15(B)
Courtesy SW
Engine Hood
Connector
Junction
E3
B B B 3F B 3F 4
W–B
W–B
W–B
B–R
B–R
W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
Connector
A
Junction
W–B A
W–B
J24
II EB
222
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
MPX3 KSW L2 UL3 ACTD LSWD LSWP

26 C 14 C 20 12 A 10 A 21 A 30 A
3 1K
BR–Y
BR–Y
G–Y
G–Y
BR–B
B–W
Junction Connector
B B B B A B A B
2 IN1
J18(A), J19(B)
W–R
L–B
G
L
BR–B
B–W
E A
1 L–R
T1
Theft
L–R
BR–B
BR–Y
Deterrent
G–Y
G–Y
Horn
Junction Connector
6 IA1 8 IA1 13 IA2 7 IA1 8 IA2
1 12 31 B A
J14(A), J15(B)
SH– KSW MPX1
B–W
B–R
W
G
L
IG +B1 C B
T5 10 2
Theft Deterrent ECU
9 10 1 8 4
W–R
G–Y
B–R
L UL UL LSSR L
A 3D B 3E E
J20 J12 7 D16
Junction Junction Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH
Connector Connector Door Lock Detection SW Front LH
Door Lock Motor Front LH
W–B
Unlock Warning SW
A 3D B 3E 2
B
G G A A J38
W–R
Junction
K3
Connector
1 B
W–B
B–R
W–B
B–R B–R B–R A B

Connector
Junction
J15(B)
A B 4 IA2
W–B
W–B
W–R
B–R B–R
W–B
W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
A A A A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG
223
Theft Deterrent
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

Body ECU
ACT+ ACT– LSR BECU

23 24 5 11
9 1L 18 1L 6 1L 16 1L 23 1L 11 1L 15 1K 22 1L 10 1L 4 1L 12 1F 4 1B
L–R
B–W
W–R
W–R
W–R
L–R
L–R
L–R
L–B
L–B
L–B
W
W
L–R
B–W
W–R
7 IP1 7 IP2 2 IP2 10 BA1 11 BA1 12 BA1 10 BB1 11 BB1 12 BB1
B–W
B–R
L–R
L–R
L–B
L–B
W
W
B
7 1 4 6 1 4 6 1 4
LSSR UL L LSSR UL L LSSR UL L
E E E
8 D19 9 D20 9 D21
Door Lock Detection Door Lock Detection Door Lock Detection
SW Front RH SW Rear LH SW Rear RH
Door Lock Motor Door Lock Motor Door Lock Motor
W–B
W–B
W–B
Front RH Rear LH Rear RH
4 IP2 4 BA1 4 BB1

W–B
W–B
W–B
W–R
W–R
B–R B–R
W–B
W–B
W–B
A A A
J37
Junction
Connector
IK
224
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C) B 8(A), B 9(B)
MPX2 MPX2 BDR BECU SIG HSW+ HSW– GND

23 A 1 A 4 A 5 A 6 A 10 B 22 B 3 A
(See Page 58)
1 1
BR–R
W–B
L–R
R
B
L
10A 30A
ECU–B POWER
LG–R
V–W
2 2 A14 IE1 9 BD1 6 BD1 7 BD1 5 BD1
10 BD1
2 2 1F
W–R
W–B
B–R
L–O
L–O
Back Door Opener SW

W–R 1
BR–R
B10
2
W–B
W–B
Junction Connector
A A A A
J40(A), J41(B)
A B
W–B
W–R
B–R
W–B
W–B
BO BL
225
Theft Deterrent
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
HALF FULL POS LSE ACT+ ACT–

6 B 7 B 8 B 21 B 15 B 14 B
BR–W
R–G
G–Y
B–R
L–R
L–B
5 6 4 3 1 2
B7
226
Service Hints
Body ECU
T5 Theft Deterrent ECU
: Parts Location
B4 A 36 D15 40 J20 38
B5 B 36 D16 40 J24 38
B6 C 36 D19 40 J37 38
B7 40 D20 40 J38 40
B8 A 40 D21 40 J40 A 40
B9 B 40 32 (2UZ–FE) J41 B 40
E3
B10 40 34 (1GR–FE) K3 39
C8 A 37 I20 40 L2 40
C10 C 37 J5 38 33 (2UZ–FE)
T1
D2 37 J12 38 35 (1GR–FE)
D3 37 J14 A 38 T5 39
D12 40 J15 B 38 T9 39
D13 40 J18 A 38
D14 40 J19 B 38
: Relay Blocks

1B
1C
1D
1E
1G
1H
( Finish Panel))
1K
1L
3D
3F
227
Theft Deterrent
IA1
IA2
IP1
IP2
: Ground Points

44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
: Splice Points
B3 54 Roof Wire
228
Memo
229
310
J20(A), J21(B) J7
Junction Junction
Connector Connector
Y–R Y–R
A
A
H A
J25
Y–R(* 1) Junction
Connector
A
A
Y–R(* 2) Y–R
F B
H A
Trailer Towing
Y–R
J40(A), J41(B) J33 P1
Junction Junction Park/Neutral
Connector Connector Position SW
A
A
2
3
R–Y R–Y R–Y R–Y Y–R Y–R
C A
B B
2 1L
10 1F
1 IM1
2 IM1
J4
10A
S12
STOP
Junction
Stop Light SW
R–Y
Connector
E
E
1
2
2
1
G–Y G–W
2
G–Y
16 1F
G–Y
J22
2
Y–R
G–W
Junction
4
Connector
3
5
C
C
G–Y G–Y G–B
2
2
12 1J
24 1E
2
1
D
D
LG Y–R
2
2
8 1J
STOP LP
Y–R
20
E
CTRL Relay

J1
IG1
STPO
15A
Junction
E
Y–R
Connector
S10
20 1E
Skid Control ECU

E
J2
Junction
Connector BATT CHG Relay
Y–R
B
B
2
1
C
C
W–B W–B W–B Y–R

3
3
30A
EB
CHG
BATT
5
3
2
1
B–R B–R B–Y

3
3
2
2 IB2
R–Y
B–R
G–Y
G–Y
Y–R(* 1)
Y–R(* 2)
From Power Source System (See Page 58) * 1 : w/ Daytime Running Light
1 1 1
10A 30A 40A 30A

TAIL TOWING TOWING TOWING
BRK
L–Y
2 2 2
L–B
5 1L 2 2 2
L–Y
L–B
GR
G
L
Connector
Connector
B D A
Junction
Junction
L
J16
J39
A7 IC4 4 IB2
B D A
3 3
1 3
L–Y
L–B
GR
TOWING TAIL
G
Relay
5 2 1 3 9
TAIL +B 2 5 +B RTIN LTIN
Towing Brake
T14
Controller
Towing Converter
3 3 Relay
GND STOP BRK RTOT LTOT STIN GND
T6
G–B
L
3 4 1 2 4 8 6
W–B
W–B
G–Y
G–Y
L–O
L–R
3 IB2
Y
G–B
16 1E Connector
C10 IE1 3 BG1 4 BG1 C B
Junction
J41(B)
2 BF1
18
BR
G
TRLY C B
1 5 3
Y
TAIL STTR STTL

Body ECU
T15
Trailer Socket
W–B
J14(A), J15(B)
A A BRK BATT B/UP GND

Connector
7 2 4 6 A B A B
Junction
J40(A), J41(B)
Connector
W
B
Y
L
Junction
A B
3 BF1 1 BF1
W–B
2 BG1 1 BG1 A A
G–Y Y
W–B
W–B
W–B
G–Y
B–R
R–Y
B–R
R–Y
G–Y
Y–R(*2) Y–R(*2)
Y–R(*1) Y–R(*1)
W–B
W–B
W–B
A
J5
Junction
Connector
IG BO BL
311
Trailer Towing
* 1 : w/ Daytime Running Light From Power Source System (See Page 58)
15A
TRN–HAZ
L–Y
2
L–B 2
B–Y
9 1F 15 1F A2 IC4
B–Y
(* 2)
23 1J 5 1J
B–Y
L–B
L–Y
(*2)
(*2)
(*2)
5 IF1 3 IF1 6 IF1

B–Y
L–B
L–Y
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
B–Y
L–B
L–Y
(* 2)
(* 2)
(* 2)
3 2 4 5 3 6
LL LR +B TRL TRR B
IG IG
1 T9 1 D2
Turn Signal Flasher Relay Turn Signal Flasher Relay
Y–R
Y–R
(* 2)
(* 1)
1 IF1
Y–R
(*2)
Y–R(* 2)
Y–R(* 1)
312
Service Hints
T14 Towing Converter Relay
T15 Trailer Socket
1–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position
4–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position and shift lever in R position
: Parts Location
D2 37 J15 B 38 J41 B 40
33 (2UZ–FE) J16 38 33 (2UZ–FE)
J1 P1
35 (1GR–FE) J20 A 38 35 (1GR–FE)
33 (2UZ–FE) J21 B 38 S10 39
J2
35 (1GR–FE) J22 38 S12 39
J4 38 J25 38 T6 39
J5 38 J33 38 T9 39
J7 38 J39 40 T14 41
J14 A 38 J40 A 40 T15 41
: Relay Blocks

1J
1L

IB2 48 Floor No.2 Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Left Kick Panel)
BF1 54 Frame No.3 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Rear Side of Side Frame LH)
BG1 54 Floor No.2 Wire and Frame No.3 Wire (Rear Side of Side Frame LH)
: Ground Points

44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
313
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light (w/ Daytime Running Light)
15A 15A
IG1 TRN–HAZ
8 1J 2
Y–R
B–Y
A
J7
Junction
Connector
A
A2 IC4
Y–R
H A L–Y
J20(A), J21(B)
Junction
Connector L–B
F B
Y–R
B–Y
L–B
L–Y
L–Y
L–B
L–Y
L–B
1 6 5 3 5 1J 23 1J 15 1F 9 1F
IG B TRL TRR
D2
Turn Signal Flasher Relay
TFL TFR E TSL TSR HAZ

4 2 9 7 8 10
3 1G 2 1G
W–B
G–B
G–Y
R–B
R–Y
14 1J
A16 IC4 1 IN1 2 IH1 3 IH1
L–Y
L–B
15 1J
G–B
G–Y
R–B
R–Y
2 1
W
TURN R TURN L
Turn Signal Indicator
1 3 2
Front Turn Signal
Front Turn Signal
3 3
Hazard SW
RH
Turn
Light RH
Light LH
LH
H11
2 2
Light
O2
GND
F5
F6
C12 2 3
Combination SW 5
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
J22(A), J23(B)
J10(A), J11(B)
D B B 3F C B
Connector
Connector
Connector
A
Junction
Junction
Junction
B
3F
J15
W–B
W–B
E A A A A A
B 3F
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
J5
Junction
A Connector A A
W–B A A W–B A J37 J24
Junction Junction
Connector Connector
EB EA IG IK II
142
R14
L–B
L–Y
Rear Combination
Light LH
J40(A), J41(B) J39
Junction Junction
Connector Turn Connector
A
A
6
2
W–B W–B L–B L–B
A B
A A
BL
R15
Rear Combination
Light RH
Turn
6
3
D
D
W–B L–Y L–Y
A A
A
D
T14
A A
Towing Converter
Relay
W–B
BO
9
L–B
LTIN
3
L–Y
RTIN

143
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light (w/ Daytime Running Light)
Service Hints
D2 Turn Signal Flasher Relay
: Parts Location
C12 37 J10 A 38 J39 40
D2 37 J11 B 38 J40 A 40
32 (2UZ–FE) J15 38 J41 B 40
F5
34 (1GR–FE) J20 A 38 O2 39
32 (2UZ–FE) J21 B 38 R14 41
F6
34 (1GR–FE) J22 A 38 R15 41
H11 37 J23 B 38 T14 41
J5 38 J24 38
J7 38 J37 38
: Relay Blocks

1G
1J

: Ground Points

44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
144
Memo
145
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light (w/o Daytime Running Light)
15A 15A
IG1 TRN–HAZ
8 1J 2 L–Y L–Y
I4
Y–R
L–B L–B
B–Y
I4
Connector
A
Junction
J7
L–Y
L–B
A
A2 IC4
Y–R
J20(A), J21(B)
B–Y
H A 3 IF1 5 IF1 L–Y

Connector
Junction
L–B
1 IF1 6 IF1 10 IF1
Y–R
F B
Y–R
B–Y
L–Y
L–B
L–Y
L–B
L–Y
L–B
W
W
1 4 2 3 8 5 1J 23 1J 15 1F 9 1F
IG +B LR LL EHW
Flasher Relay
Turn Signal
GND EL ER
T9
7 5 6
3 1G 2 1G
W–B
G–B
G–Y
9 IF1 7 IF1 8 IF1 14 1J
L–Y
L–B
G–B
G–Y
15 1J
2 IH1 3 IH1 2 1
TURN R TURN L
W
W–B
G–B
G–Y
Turn Signal Indicator
2
1 3
Hazard SW
RH
Turn
H11
Light
LH
O2
GND
3
C12 2 5
Combination SW
W–B
W–B
W–B
J22(A), J23(B)
J10(A), J11(B)
D B B 3F C B
Connector
Connector
Connector
A
Junction
Junction
Junction
B
3F
J15
E A A A A A
B 3F
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
J5
Junction
A Connector A A
A A W–B A J37 J24
Junction Junction
Connector Connector
IG IK II
146
R14
L–B
L–Y
L–B
L–Y
Rear Combination
Light LH
J40(A), J41(B) J39
Junction Junction
Connector Turn Connector
A
A
6
2
W–B W–B L–B L–B
A B
A A
BL
R15
Rear Combination
Light RH
Turn
6
3
D
D
W–B L–Y L–Y
A A
A
D
T14
A A
Towing Converter
Relay
W–B
BO
9
L–B
LTIN
3
L–Y
RTIN
F5
Front Turn Signal
Light LH
4
2
1
W–B R–B R–B

EB
IF1
A16 IC4
F6
W–B
Front Turn Signal
2
Light RH
2
1
W–B R–Y R–Y
EA
IF1
1 IN1
147
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light (w/o Daytime Running Light)
Service Hints
T9 Turn Signal Flasher Relay
: Parts Location
C12 37 J11 B 38 J40 A 40
32 (2UZ–FE) J15 38 J41 B 40
F5
34 (1GR–FE) J20 A 38 O2 39
32 (2UZ–FE) J21 B 38 R14 41
F6
34 (1GR–FE) J22 A 38 R15 41
H11 37 J23 B 38 T9 39
J5 38 J24 38 T14 41
J7 38 J37 38
J10 A 38 J39 40
: Relay Blocks

1G
1J

: Ground Points

44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
: Splice Points
I4 50 Relay Wire
148
Memo
149
VSC
1 1
40A 50A
ABS ABS
MTR SOL
2 2
2 2
Y–B
Y
J1 Y1
Junction Yaw Rate Sensor
Connector
B–Y A A
GL1 GL2 YD YAW2 VYS GYAW

A
4 2 6 1 8 5
E6
GR–B
Y–B
B–Y
Y–B
B–Y
Y
(Shielded)
GR–B
B–Y
G
R
B
L
2 2 2 2 2 2
1 3 1 3 1 3
TRC MTR Relay
ABS MTR Relay
ABS SOL Relay
3 A 1 D 22 B 10 B 19 B 28 B 9 B 27 B 18 B
R2+ R1+ GL1 GL2 YD YAW VYS GYAW YSS
S 7(A), S 8(B), S 9(C), S10(D)

2 4 2 4 2 4 Skid Control ECU
2 2 2 2 2 2 SR MR2 MR1 MTT MT+ MT–

19 D 2 A 29 D 27 D 28 D 18 D
BR–W
BR–R
BR–Y
BR–Y
BR–B
LG–B
LG–B
R–B
V–Y
V–Y
L–B
L–Y
7 B 5 B 8 B
MTT MT+ MT–
M
BM2 BM1
3 B 2 C A 4(A), A 5(B), A 6(C),
A 7(D), A 8(E)
ABS & BA & TRAC & VSC Actuator
R–B
L–B
L–Y L–Y
258
S15
E8 Suspension
Engine Control Module Control ECU
ENG+ ENG– TRC+ TRC– NEO FRO FLO

24 30 25 31 17 9 8
L–O
L–R
17 IC2 16 IC2
W
R
L–O
L–R
14 C 22 C 24 C 16 C 7 C 24 B 25 B
ENG+ ENG– TRC+ TRC– NEO FRO FLO
S 7(A), S 8(B), S 9(C), S10(D)
Skid Control ECU
PL SFLH SFLR SRRH SRRR SFRH SFRR SRLH SRLR SA1 SA2 SA3 STR AST
9 A 21 D 7 D 8 D 9 D 16 A 8 A 7 A 1 A 2 D 3 D 4 D 5 D 6 A
L–W
G–Y
V–G
Y–G
V–R
Y–R
L–O
Y–B
P–L
L–B
L–Y
V
4 B 8 A 7 A 2 A 1 A 10 A 9 A 4 A 3 A 12 A 11 A 5 A 6 A 1 B
PL SFLH SFLR SRRH SRRR SFRH SFRR SRLH SRLR SA1 SA2 SA3 STR AST
EM2 EM1 PLG BS

6 B 1 C 2 B 4 C A 4(A), A 5(B), A 6(C), A 7(D), A 8(E)
W–B
W–B
W–B
L–Y
Junction Connector
B B B B
J 2(A), J 3(B)
B A
L–Y
W–B
W–B W–B
EA EB
259
VSC

* 3 : 1GR–FE 4WD
* 4 : 1GR–FE 2WD
ABS Speed Sensor
ABS Speed Sensor

1 1
Rear RH
Rear LH
A40
A41
2 2
W
B
B
ABS Speed Sensor
ABS Speed Sensor
2 BE1 1 BE1 4 BE1 3 BE1

1 1
W
P
B
Front RH
Front LH
A10
A9
2 2 4 BC2 5 BC2 1 BC2 2 BC2
W
P
B
G
P
L
C17 IE1 C16 IE1 C11 IE1 C13 IE1
W
P
B
16 D 15 D 14 D 13 D 18 C 19 C 20 C 21 C
FL+ FL– FR+ FR– RL+ RL– RR+ RR–
S 7(A), S 8(B), S 9(C), S10(D)

Skid Control ECU
PH VCM PMC E2 MSS GND1 GND2 D/G TC TS PKB

11 D 10 D 22 D 12 D 23 D 31 D 6 D 3 C 11 C 12 C 13 C
(Shielded)
R–W
LG
W
R
B
R–Y
R–B
P–L
W–B
W–B
3 C 1 E 2 E 3 E 18 1J
A 4(A), A 5(B), A 6(C), A 7(D), A 8(E)
PH
VC VOUT GND 1 1E
J18(A), J19(B)
A B A B G B F B C B
J 2(A), J 3(B)
Connector
Junction
Connector
Junction
PHG LBL GND G A H A C A

5 C 2 D 1 D A A A A A A
R–Y
R–B
P–L
LG
W–B
Parking Brake SW
7 13 14 1
SIL TC TS
W–B
W–B
P4
D1
LG LG
W–B
260
LG
G–Y(*1) G–Y
2 B
B 3C
B 3C
STP2
A11
3
GR GR BR–Y(* 4)
6 EC1
ADD
(* 3) (* 3)
ADD Actuator
E
G–Y
15 IC3
E
J4
10A
E
E
GR GR GR GR
STOP
18 B
14 A
Junction
18 IC3
16 IM2
ADD
EXI3
Connector
(* 3) (* 3) (* 3) (* 3)
1
2
2
1
G–Y G–W
E
J28
2
Junction
Connector
E
S12
Stop Light
W–L W–L W–L SW G–W
24 A
H B
F A
B A
D B
17 B
L4
EXI4
(4WD) (4WD) (4WD)
J29(A), J30(B) G–Y
Junction
Connector
G–W
F 9(A), F10(B)
G–R G–R G–R
J22(A), J23(B)
20 A
G B
F A
E A
A B
23 C
4WD Control ECU

CD
IND2
(4WD) (4WD) (4WD) Junction
4
J31(A), J32(B) J20(A), J21(B) Connector

3
5
Junction Junction G–Y G–Y G–B

2
2
A B
C A
10 C
12 1J
24 1E
Connector Connector
STP
2
1
R–L R–L R–L LG
B
B
2
2
22 B
3 B
P1
EXI
11 IM2
(4WD) (4WD) (4WD)
B
STOP LP CTRL
J28
LG Relay
Skid Control ECU

20 D
Y–R
T3
Junction
STPO
J24
Connector
9
Junction R–L
Actuator
D
CDL
Connector (4WD)
W–B
A
Transfer Shift
S 7(A), S 8(B), S 9(C), S10(D)
II
B 3F
J1
J 8(A)
D

J37 D5 Junction
Junction
Connector
Connector
Junction Downhill Assist

Connector Control SW G–B G–B
2
P
D B
B A
E A
5 C
A
4
3
W–B W–B W–G W–G
Y–R
15 C
IK
B 3F
B 3F
IJ1
E
E
A
E
HDCS
(* 1) (* 1) (* 1) J18(A), J19(B)
A
Junction
Connector
Y–R
G–B
W–B
W–B
D B
8 C
C
GND3
20 1E
A
3
1
C
G–B G–B
8 IM1
A
W–B W–B
E A
D B
17 C
IG
GND4
P1 J35
IG1
15A
J22(A), J23(B) Park/Neutral Junction

Junction Position SW Connector
Connector
8 1J
A
4
3
W–B W–B R–W
Y–R
A B
A A
26 B
CSW
(* 2) (*2)
T7
J5
A
A
A
A
TRAC Off SW Y–R Y–R Y–R Y–R
A B
H A
H A
2 IM1
Junction
Connector
J14(A), J15(B) J25 J20(A) J7
LG
W–B
Junction Junction Junction Junction
Connector Connector Connector Connector
261
VSC
10A 10A 10A

ECU–B IGN ECU–IG
2 23 1E 12 1E 28 1J
B–R
W–R
B–O
B–R
B–R
V5
VSC Warning
Buzzer
4 1B
J12(A), J13(B)
Connector
Connector
C B G A G A A A
Junction
Junction
J20(A), J21(B)
Connector
Junction
Connector
J4
J1
Junction
5 1B C 1 2 B
A B
GR–G
B–R G B
W–R
B–O
B–R
B–R
10 IC3
GR–G
15 A 22 A 2 C 6 C
+B1 IG2 BZ IG1
S 7(A), S 8(B), S 9(C), S10(D)
Skid Control ECU
SS1+ SS1– +BO TRIG SP1 BRL WA IND WT VSCW HDCW

14 B 23 B 21 A 20 A 16 B 5 B 1 C 6 B 7 B 4 B 4 A
BR–Y
(* 1)
GR–R
GR–R
LG–R
GR–L
L–W
Y–R
B–L
R
P
L
7 IC3
5 IH1 4 IH1 12 IC3 13 IC3 BR–Y(*1)
Y–R
GR–R
GR–L
L–W
P
L
LG–R
3 11 9 10
SS1+ SS1– BAT TRIG B–L
GR–R
ESS IG1
2 S11 1
Steering Sensor
B–R
W–B
LG LG
262
* 1 : Except 1GR–FE 2WD From Power Source System (See Page 58)
7. 5A 10A
GAUGE DOME
Connector
D
Junction
2
J7
4 1G 2 D
R–L
J 8(A), J 9(B)
H A
Connector
C2 IC4
Junction
F B
R
15 C 16 C
TRAC OFF (2WD)
VSC OFF (4WD)
Speedometer
VSC TRAC
BRAKE
DAC
ABS
Slip
C 9(B), C10(C), C11(D)
Combination Meter
10 D 18 C 17 C 20 C 4 D 2 D 3 D 4 B 13 C
GR–R
LG–R
BR–Y(* 1)
L–W
Y–R
B–L
BR
LG
R
Y–R
L–W
D3 IC4 7 IM1
R
LG–R
B–L
GR–R
BR
LG
LG
EF
263
VSC
System Outline
1. Normal Operation
The VSC system helps prevent the vehicle from slipping sideways as a result of strong front wheel skid or strong rear wheel
skid during cornering.
The followings are two examples that can be considered as circumstances in which the tires exceed their lateral grip limit.
The VSC system is designed to help control the vehicle behavior by controlling the engine’s output and the brakes at each
wheel when the vehicle is under one of the conditions indicated below.
∗ When the front wheels lose grip in relation to the rear wheels (Strong front wheel skid tendency).
∗ When the rear wheels lose grip in relation to the front wheels (Strong rear wheel skid tendency).
2. Downhill Assist Control Operation
The downhill assist control operation controls braking action of each wheel to help prevent out–of–balance vehicle posture
when descending a steep hill or traveling at a speed exceeding the threshold of wheel gripping capability. When the downhill
assist control is in operation, the brake system controls vehicle speed within the range of 5 to 7 km/h.
For the downhill assist control to be operative all of the following conditions have to be met:
∗ Downhill assist control switch = ON
∗ Transfer L4 selected
∗ Vehicle speed is 5 km/h or more, but less than 25 km/h.
∗ Accelerator pedal OFF
∗ Brake pedal OFF
3. Hill–Start Support Control Operation
When starting on a steep hill for ascending, the hill–start support control automatically puts the brake on momentarily – from
the moment when the driver releases his foot from the brake pedal until he steps on the accelerator pedal – to help the driver
start the vehicle safely and smoothly.
Please bear in mind, however, that it activates the brake system for only 3 seconds.
For the hill–start support control to be operative all of the following conditions have to be met:
∗ Shift position = D, 2, or L
∗ Vehicle not moving forward with some wheel(s) slipping
∗ Vehicle speed > 0 km/h
: Parts Location
32 (2UZ–FE) F10 B 37 J28 38
A4 A
34 (1GR–FE) 33 (2UZ–FE) J29 A 38
J1
32 (2UZ–FE) 35 (1GR–FE) J30 B 38
A5 B
34 (1GR–FE) 33 (2UZ–FE) J31 A 38
J2 A
32 (2UZ–FE) 35 (1GR–FE) J32 B 38
A6 C
34 (1GR–FE) 33 (2UZ–FE) J35 38
J3 B
32 (2UZ–FE) 35 (1GR–FE) J37 38
A7 D
34 (1GR–FE) J4 38 33 (2UZ–FE)
P1
32 (2UZ–FE) J5 38 35 (1GR–FE)
A8 E
34 (1GR–FE) J7 38 P4 39
32 (2UZ–FE) J8 A 38 S7 A 39
A9
34 (1GR–FE) J9 B 38 S8 B 39
32 (2UZ–FE) J12 A 38 S9 C 39
A10
34 (1GR–FE) J13 B 38 S10 D 39
A11 34 (1GR–FE) J14 A 38 S11 39
A40 40 J15 B 38 S12 39
A41 40 J18 A 38 S15 39
C9 B 37 J19 B 38 33 (2UZ–FE)
T3
C10 C 37 J20 A 38 35 (1GR–FE)
C11 D 37 J21 B 38 T7 39
D1 37 J22 A 38 V5 39
D5 37 J23 B 38 Y1 39
E8 37 J24 38
F9 A 37 J25 38
264
: Relay Blocks

1B
1E
1G
1J
3C
3F

IC2
IC3 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Engine
g Room Main Wire ((Left Kick Panel))
IC4
IJ1 50 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
IM1
IM2
BE1 54 Frame Wire and Skid Control Sensor Wire (Right Side of No.5 Crossmember)
: Ground Points

44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
44 (2UZ–FE)
46 (1GR–FE)
: Splice Points
E6 44 (2UZ–FE) Engine Room Main Wire E6 46 (1GR–FE) Engine Room Main Wire
265
Wireless Door Lock Control

B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
1 1
50A 20A 7. 5A ACC BDR1 TRLY HRLY HAZ

J/B DR/LCK ACC
22 12 18 17 8
2 2
2 2 3 2
TAIL Relay
G–W
L–W
5 1
9 1E 1 1C 8 1B 14 1J
G–W
L–W
(* 2)
W
(* 1)
W
10 IF1
(* 2)
W
10 8
HAZ EHW
D2 T9
Turn Signal Turn Signal
Flasher Relay Flasher Relay
R–B
2 2
3 2
HEAD
Relay
5 1
2
B
Battery
210
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
GND2 GND1 ILE TOUT DCTY PCTY RLCY RRCY

16 4 13 6 A 23 B 24 B 11 B 12 B
(See Page 58)
(SR5 Grade)
1
G–R
R–B
P–B
P–L
10A
HORN
J18(A), J19(B)
H B
Connector
2
Junction
A11 IE1 8 IO1
R–Y
2 1H 7 1A 8 1A 9 1K 2 F A
W–G
W–B
R–G
W
R–B
P–B
10 1E
P–L
Cylinder Light
W 6
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
Door Courtesy SW
Ignition Key
B3 5 1 1 1 1 1
HORN Relay
W
B3
I17
Front RH
Front LH
Rear RH
2
Rear LH
D12
D13
D14
D15
W
3 2
J12(A), J13(B)
3 2 3 2 C B 1 1D 13 1K
Connector
Junction
(SR5 Grade)
Luggage Compartment
DOOR
DOOR
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
GR–B
G–R
G–R
Interior Light
B A
I20
R
Light
L2
1
E C A C A
J6
1 Junction J14(A), J15(B)
Connector
W
Junction
E Connector
B B
W
B3
G–R
R
W

9 1A 22 1J
6 1E
R–W
R–W
W–B
211
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

Body ECU
SIG MPX3 KSW BZR BZR2

10 26 C 14 C 9 7
(See Page 58)
G–Y
BR–Y
BR–Y
G–Y
10A 10A B B B B A B A B
J18(A), J19(B)
ECU–IG SECU/HORN
Connector
Junction
E A
8 1F 28 1J 10 1K 10 1B 6 1B
BR–Y
G–Y
G–Y
W–L
B–R
B–R
3 12 31 B A
J14(A), J15(B)
+B2 KSW MPX1
Connector
Junction
P–B
Y–B
HORN E SH– IG +B1 C B
5 29 1 T5 10 2
Theft Deterrent
ECU
BR–B
W–R
W–B
G–R
G–Y
B–R
2 IN1 A 3D B 3E
Unlock Warning SW
2 1
Wireless Door
BR–B
Lock Buzzer
W3
A 3D B 3E
1
T1 1 K3 2
Theft Deterrent
Horn
W–R
W–B
B–R
Connector
J20 J12(A) A B
Junction
J15(B)
Junction Junction
Connector Connector
G–R A B
G G A A A A
B–R
B–R B–R
W–B
W–B
W–R
B–R
R–W R–W
W–B W–B
J5
A A A Junction Connector
J24
Junction
Connector
II
212
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
ACTD LSWD LSWP ACT+ ACT– LSR

10 A 21 A 30 A 23 24 5
B–W
9 1L 18 1L 6 1L 16 1L 23 1L 11 1L 15 1K 22 1L 10 1L
W–R
L–R
L–B
L–R
L–R
L–R
L–B
L–B
L–B
W
W
13 IA2 7 IA1 8 IA2 7 IP1 7 IP2 2 IP2 10 BA1 11 BA1 12 BA1 10 BB1 11 BB1 12 BB1
B–W
B–W
B–R
B–R
L–R
L–R
L–B
L–B
W
W
B
1 8 4 7 1 4 6 1 4 6 1 4
UL LSSR L LSSR UL L LSSR UL L LSSR UL L
E E E E
7 D16 8 D19 9 D20 9 D21
Door Lock Detection SW Door Lock Detection SW Door Lock Detection SW Door Lock Detection
Front LH Front RH Rear LH SW Rear RH
Door Lock Motor Front LH Door Lock Motor Door Lock Motor Rear LH Door Lock Motor
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
Front RH Rear RH
B
J38
Junction 4 IP2 4 BA1 4 BB1
Connector
B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
4 IA2
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–R W–R
B–R B–R
R–W R–W
A A A A
J5 J37
Junction Junction
Connector Connector
IG IK
213
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

Body ECU
RDA PRG LMRY DRLP

4 B 3 B 3 A 12 C
(See Page 58)
G–O
V–Y
L–R
D J7 D
R
Junction Connector
7. 5A
R
R
GAUGE
(See Page 58)
17 A
A12 IE1 A13 IE1 A15 IE1 C2 IC4 1 IC3
1
4 1G
G–O
L–R
R
10A
DOME
R–L
2 3 5
Combination Meter
RDA PRG +B 2
Door
C 8(A), C10(C)
2
E
1 D7
R
Door Control R
Receiver
W–B
W–B 2 2 15 C
R–L
5 2
A A A A A A DOME
J40(A), J41(B)
Relay
Connector
Junction
3 1
A B
10 BD1 2 2
R
R–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–R W–R
B–R B–R
R–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
BO BL
214
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C) B 8(A), B 9(B)
1
BECU MPX2 30A BDR MPX2 BECU SIG GND

POWER
11 23 A 4 A 1 A 5 A 6 A 3 A
(See Page 58)
2
1 2 1F
BR–R
W–B
L–R
4 1B 4 1L 12 1F
B
L
10A
L–O
ECU–B
2 A14 IE1 6 BD1 9 BD1 7 BD1 5 BD1

W–R
W–R
W–R
BR–R
BR–R
W–R
W–R
B–R
L–O
W–R
B–R
W–B
215
B 8(A), B 9(B)
Back Door ECU
HALF FULL POS ACT+ ACT– LSE BDUP BDDN IC+ IC1 IC2 IC–
6 B 7 B 8 B 15 B 14 B 21 B 13 B 25 B 11 B 16 B 17 B 23 B
BR–W
W–R
L–W
R–G
G–Y
Y–G
B–O
B–R
Y–B
R–B
L–R
L–B
5 6 4 1 2 3 4 5 1 6 2 3
R G SSRB PLS2 PLS E
B11
Back Door Power Window Motor
B7
216
System Outline
Door lock control (Lock and unlock), back window control (Back window open) and panic control (Theft alarm and flash) is
performed by remote control, without the ignition key inserted in the door key cylinder, using low–power electrical waves
emitted by a transmitter.
1. Normal Operation
∗ Lock operation
When the lock SW on the transmitter is pressed, all the doors are locked.
∗ Unlock operation
When the unlock SW on the transmitter is pressed once, only the driver door is unlocked. When the unlock SW is pressed
again within 3 seconds, all the doors are unlocked.
2. Auto Lock Function
When the door is not actually opened within 30 seconds after the door has been unlocked by the unlock SW on the
transmitter, all the doors are automatically locked. If any of the following conditions are detected, the wireless door lock does
not function.
∗ Any door is opened.
∗ The ignition key is inserted into the ignition SW.
∗ When the lock detection SW of all the doors are locked.
3. Wireless Door Lock Stop Function
If any of the following conditions are detected, the wireless door lock does not function.
Lock operation
∗ When any door is open (Door courtesy SW on)
∗ The ignition key is inserted into the ignition SW (Unlock warning SW on)
∗ Ignition SW is on
Unlock operation
∗ Ignition SW is on
4. Buzzer Sound Function
During lock operation, when the body ECU receives a lock signal from the door lock detection SW, the wireless door lock
buzzer goes on once. During unlock operation, when the body ECU receives an unlock signal from the door lock detection
SW, the wireless door lock buzzer goes on twice.
With any door open, when the body ECU receives a lock signal from the transmitter, the wireless door lock buzzer goes on
for approx. 10 seconds. If the door is closed, or ignition SW is on, or if the unlock signal is received from the transmitter while
the buzzer is on, the buzzer stops.
5. Visual Confirmation of Lock or Unlock
During lock operation, when the body ECU receives a lock signal from the door lock detection SW, the turn signal light is
flashed once. During unlock operation, when the body ECU receives an unlock signal from the door lock detection SW, the
turn signal light is flashed twice.
6. Remote Panic Operation
Panic will function when doors are locked or unlocked, open or closed. When the panic button (Transmitter) is pushed once,
interior lights light up, and theft alarm and horn sounds and turn signal light, headlights and taillight flash. Then, the panic or
the unlock button (Transmitter) is pushed once more, interior lights are turned off, sounding and flashing will stop. Panic will
not function when ignition key is in ignition key cylinder.
7. Repeat Function
If the lock detection signal in response to the output signal is not received after the body ECU has output the lock signal, the
lock signal is output again.
8. Buzzer Volume Control
The volume of the wireless door lock buzzer can be set among 5 steps by operating the transmitter, when the ignition SW is
off, any door open, and the ignition key is not in the ignition key cylinder.
9. Back Window Control
When the ignition SW is off, the ignition key is not inserted into the ignition key cylinder, the back window can be opened by
pressing the back window open SW of the transmitter for approximately 0.8 seconds. At that time, the wireless door lock
buzzer beeps once.
10. Illuminated Entry Function
When the body ECU detects the unlock state after the unlock operation has been made, it turns on the lights, such as the
ignition key cylinder light and interior light for approx. 15 sec. If all the doors are locked during this operation, lighting is
cancelled and the lights immediately fade out.
217
Service Hints
Body ECU
: Parts Location
B4 A 36 D16 40 J20 38
B5 B 36 D19 40 J24 38
B6 C 36 D20 40 J37 38
B7 40 D21 40 J38 40
B8 A 40 I17 37 J40 A 40
B9 B 40 I20 40 J41 B 40
B11 40 J5 38 K3 39
C8 A 37 J6 38 L2 40
C10 C 37 J7 38 33 (2UZ–FE)
T1
D2 37 J12 A 38 35 (1GR–FE)
D7 40 J13 B 38 T5 39
D12 40 J14 A 38 T9 39
D13 40 J15 B 38 33 (2UZ–FE)
W3
D14 40 J18 A 38 35 (1GR–FE)
D15 40 J19 B 38
: Relay Blocks

1B
1C
1D
1E
1G
1H
( Finish Panel))
1K
1L
3D
3E
218
IA1
IA2
IC3
IC4
IP1
IP2
: Ground Points

: Splice Points
B3 54 Roof Wire
219

Air Conditioning: 2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Air Conditioning: 2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Air Conditioning

From Power Source System (See Page 58) Y–R

A14 IC4 B1 IC4 A11 IC4 5 IN1

A/C Magnetic Clutch

From Power Source System (See Page 58) 1

1 4 11 IC3 Connector Connector

E 4(A), E 6(C), E 7(D)

From Power Source

4 1L B 3E 3 IK1 2 IK1 4 IK1

TPDR(*1) AMCDR(* 1) AMHDR(*1)

Air Mix Control Servo Motor LH

TPI AIR AIF TPO AOD AOF TPPA AMHPA AMCPA

Air Mix Control

4 IG1 6 IG1 5 IG1 B 3D

From Power Source System (See Page 58)

SP1 Junction Connector

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

Code See Page Ground Points Location

From Power Source System (See Page 58)

50A 10A 10A 7. 5A

HRLY GND1 GND2 A DCTY CLTB CLTE CLTS

C12 3 IG1 2 IG1 1 IG1

A Automatic Light Control

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

Code See Page Ground Points Location

From Power Source System (See Page 58)

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

Code See Page Ground Points Location

7 AM2 IG2 6 B–R 7. 5A 15A

2 EA1 5 EA1 3 EA1 (2UZ–FE)

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

From Power Source System (See Page 58)

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

Code See Page Ground Points Location

Suspension Control ECU

C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C), C11(D)

R–G R–W R–W

2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)

A/C Control Assembly

2003 4RUNNER (EWD514U)

4WD Control ECU

J 8(A), J 9(B) J29(A), J30(B)

V–R V–R V–R

C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C), C11(D)

SP1 7 IM1 LA 6 IM1

ABS & BA & TRAC &

Skid Control ECU

C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C), C11(D)

4WD Control ECU Engine Control Module

C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C), C11(D)

Skid Control ECU

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

TPDR(1) AMCDR( 1) AMHDR(*1)